{"title":"Catering \u0026 Event Equipment","description":"\u003cp\u003eCatering equipment has one extra job: the food has to survive the trip. Insulated carriers and holding cabinets keep it at safe service temperature, bain marie trolleys serve it at the other end, and portable units cook where there is no kitchen. Commercial Kitchen Appliances supplies the lot, ex-GST.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"fedx-two-door-salad-prep-fridge-with-curve-glass-top-xthp2100salgc","title":"FED-X Two Door Salad Prep Fridge With Curve Glass Top XTHP2100SALGC","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe FED-X XTHP2100SALGC is a two-door salad prep fridge that keeps garnishes, sauces and toppings service-ready under a curved glass canopy, built for cafes, sandwich bars, salad bars and busy front-of-house prep lines. It holds 282L gross (186L net) at +2 to +8°C with fan-forced R290 cooling, a stainless steel body and an integrated HDPE cutting board. The curved glass top merchandises fresh ingredients while a full refrigerated cabinet stores backup stock below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the XTHP2100SALGC\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved glass canopy top\u003c\/strong\u003e — chilled prep pans stay on display and within reach so staff assemble orders without opening the cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e282L gross \/ 186L net capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — one unit holds the working pans plus backup stock, cutting double-handling during service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFan-forced R290 cooling, +2 to +8°C\u003c\/strong\u003e — even air distribution holds safe food temperatures across the whole cabinet in a busy line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCubigel compressor with Dixell controller\u003c\/strong\u003e — reliable, serviceable componentry that Australian technicians know and stock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body with rounded internal corners\u003c\/strong\u003e — wipes down fast and meets food-safety cleaning standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated high-density polyethylene cutting board\u003c\/strong\u003e — a dedicated prep surface at the pass, no separate bench required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-duty castors with front-wheel brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e — roll the unit out for cleaning, then lock it in place during service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable magnetic door seals\u003c\/strong\u003e — seals can be swapped in-house, extending the unit's service life\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFED-X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXTHP2100SALGC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXTHP2100SALGC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-door salad prep fridge (curved glass top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e282 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e186 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+2 to +8°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFan-forced\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR290\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompressor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCubigel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eController\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDixell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 215W, 10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1360 × 700 × 1320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e799 × 580 × 564 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1390 × 730 × 910 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Years Parts and Labour + 2 Years Parts Only for products registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe curved glass canopy suits venues that assemble and merchandise at the pass — sandwich bars, salad bars, cafes and juice counters — where staff need cold ingredients on show and within arm's reach. The refrigerated cabinet below makes it a good fit where floor space is tight and backup stock has to live under the prep station. It is less suited to heavy bulk storage, where a full-height upright fridge is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003ecold bain maries and prep fridges\u003c\/a\u003e or see the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/fed-x\"\u003eFED-X range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlug into a standard 240V 10A single-phase outlet; the unit runs on castors so it needs no fixed installation. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 2-year parts and labour warranty — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the capacity of the FED-X XTHP2100SALGC?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It holds 282 litres gross and 186 litres net, split between the chilled prep top and the two-door cabinet below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs at +2 to +8°C using fan-forced R290 cooling for even temperature across the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the external dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 1360 mm wide × 700 mm deep × 1320 mm high, and it weighs 105 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it come with GN pans?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Pans and lids are not included; the open top accepts multiple gastronorm pan configurations, and a pan and cover must be used to hold the correct operating temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it easy to move for cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — it sits on heavy-duty castors with front-wheel brakes, so you can roll it out and lock it in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 2 years parts and labour, plus a further 2 years parts only for products registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does it need?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: A standard 240V, 10A single-phase outlet; rated power draw is 215W.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the capacity of the FED-X XTHP2100SALGC?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It holds 282 litres gross and 186 litres net, split between the chilled prep top and the two-door cabinet below.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature does it hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs at +2 to +8°C using fan-forced R290 cooling for even temperature across the cabinet.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the external dimensions?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"1360 mm wide × 700 mm deep × 1320 mm high, and it weighs 105 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it come with GN pans?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Pans and lids are not included; the open top accepts multiple gastronorm pan configurations, and a pan and cover must be used to hold the correct operating temperature.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it easy to move for cleaning?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes — it sits on heavy-duty castors with front-wheel brakes, so you can roll it out and lock it in place.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does it come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"2 years parts and labour, plus a further 2 years parts only for products registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What power supply does it need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A standard 240V, 10A single-phase outlet; rated power draw is 215W.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"FED-X","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539813663021,"sku":"XTHP2100SALGC","price":2340.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/fed-x-two-door-salad-prep-fridge-with-curve-glass-top-xthp2100salgc-8163997.png?v=1776341614"},{"product_id":"fedx-three-door-salad-prep-fridge-with-glass-top-xs903gc","title":"FED-X Three Door Salad Prep Fridge with Glass Top XS903GC","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe FED-X XS903GC is a three-door salad prep fridge with a glass canopy top — built for cafés, sandwich bars, delis and salad-forward restaurants that need refrigerated prep space and front-of-counter display in one footprint. Full stainless steel body, R290 natural refrigerant, and an Embraco\/Secop compressor paired with a Dixell digital controller deliver reliable +2 to +8°C holding in ambient conditions up to 38°C \/ 60% RH.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy operators choose the XS903GC\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass canopy display\u003c\/strong\u003e — present toppings and garnishes over the refrigerated base while keeping the prep line in full view\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e368 L gross \/ 218 L net capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — three under-bench doors for stock rotation plus a full-length top for GN pan prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eR290 natural refrigerant\u003c\/strong\u003e — low-GWP, energy-efficient and future-proof against F-gas phase-downs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFan-assisted cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e — even temperature distribution across the cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull stainless steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — hygienic, durable and easy to clean for busy commercial kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFED-X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXS903GC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSalad prep fridge with glass top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e218 L net \/ 368 L gross\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+2 to +8°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax ambient\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38°C \/ 60% RH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR290\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFan-assisted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompressor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEmbraco \/ Secop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eController\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDixell digital\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 (hinged)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1295 × 595 × 455 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1365 × 700 × 1310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1390 × 730 × 1050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e104 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V · 240 W \/ 1.6 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour + 2 years parts only (register within 14 days)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for cafés, sandwich bars, salad bars, delis and front-of-house prep stations where toppings need refrigeration and visibility. The glass canopy doubles as a display for garnishes, dressings or packaged sides while the base pans and under-bench cabinet stay chilled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRuns on a standard 240 V single-phase 10 A outlet (240 W \/ 1.6 A draw). Allow rear clearance for condenser airflow. Interest-free and rent-try-buy commercial finance is available through SilverChef.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat capacity does the XS903GC hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e218 litres net \/ 368 litres gross across three under-bench hinged doors, plus a full-length top for GN pan prep beneath the glass canopy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it run on standard Australian power?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — 240 V single-phase through a standard 10 A outlet. Total draw is 240 W \/ 1.6 A, so no special circuit is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat refrigerant does it use and why does that matter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR290 (propane) natural refrigerant — low Global Warming Potential, energy-efficient and future-proof against upcoming F-gas phase-downs. Have it installed by a qualified technician for safe handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the glass canopy refrigerated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe under-bench doors and base pan wells are refrigerated to +2 to +8°C. The glass canopy is designed to display and present items over the chilled base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 years parts and labour plus an additional 2 years parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/salad-bar-fridges\"\u003eSee all commercial salad bar fridges\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/fed-x\"\u003eBrowse the full FED-X range\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"FED-X","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539814940973,"sku":"XS903GC","price":2542.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/fed-x-three-door-salad-prep-fridge-with-glass-top-xs903gc-5552969.png?v=1776003315"},{"product_id":"fedx-three-door-salad-prep-fridge-with-curve-glass-top-xthp3100salgc","title":"FED-X Three Door Salad Prep Fridge With Curve Glass Top XTHP3100SALGC","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe FED-X XTHP3100SALGC is a three-door salad prep fridge with a curved glass top that chills and displays toppings at the same time, making it a front-of-counter workhorse for salad, sandwich and noodle bars. It offers 311L net across three under-counter doors, a refrigerated glass-covered pan well up top, and fan-forced R290 cooling that holds product cold while customers watch their order built.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the XTHP3100SALGC\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved glass display top\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps prepped toppings chilled and on show at the service counter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e311L net \/ 417L gross capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — stores backup stock in three doors beneath the display well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFan-forced cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds even temperature across the pan well even with the top in use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated cutting board\u003c\/strong\u003e — gives a ready prep surface right at the build point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-duty castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — let staff roll the unit for cleaning and reconfiguration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body\u003c\/strong\u003e — cleans fast and stands up to constant front-of-house use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240V\/230W R290 system\u003c\/strong\u003e — efficient chilling on a standard power point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFED-X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXTHP3100SALGC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXTHP3100SALGC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSalad prep fridge with curved glass top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e311L net \/ 417L gross\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 230W, 10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1795 x 700 x 1320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1825 x 730 x 910 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e118 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel interior and exterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+2°C to +8°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurved glass over chilled pan well\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 solid under-counter doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR290\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour (+2 years parts with registration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe curved glass top makes it a natural fit for customer-facing salad, sandwich and poke counters, cafes and takeaway shops that want toppings displayed while kept cold. Kitchens that prep out of sight and don't need the glass display are better matched to a standard open-top salad prep fridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompare it with the rest of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003ecold bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e or browse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/fed-x\"\u003eFED-X refrigeration\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XTHP3100SALGC rolls on castors and plugs into a standard 240V 10A power point; no special wiring is needed. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is backed by a 2-year parts-and-labour manufacturer warranty (plus 2 years parts only with registration within 14 days) — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is special about the XTHP3100SALGC top?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It has a curved glass top that chills and displays prepped toppings at the service counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the storage capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 311 litres net (417 litres gross) across three under-counter doors, plus the chilled pan well.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the external dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 1795mm wide x 700mm deep x 1320mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does it need?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: A standard 240V 10A single-phase power point; it draws 230W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it include a cutting board?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — an integrated cutting board provides a prep surface at the build point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it mobile?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — it sits on heavy-duty castors so it can be rolled for cleaning and access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 2 years parts and labour, plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is special about the XTHP3100SALGC top?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It has a curved glass top that chills and displays prepped toppings at the service counter.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the storage capacity?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"311 litres net (417 litres gross) across three under-counter doors, plus the chilled pan well.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the external dimensions?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"1795mm wide x 700mm deep x 1320mm high.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What power supply does it need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A standard 240V 10A single-phase power point; it draws 230W.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it include a cutting board?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes — an integrated cutting board provides a prep surface at the build point.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it mobile?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes — it sits on heavy-duty castors so it can be rolled for cleaning and access.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty is included?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"2 years parts and labour, plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"FED-X","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539816218925,"sku":"XTHP3100SALGC","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/fed-x-three-door-salad-prep-fridge-with-curve-glass-top-xthp3100salgc-9829536.jpg?v=1776341548"},{"product_id":"electmax-900-series-induction-single-fryer-with-splashback-ifs1030l","title":"ElectMax 900 Series Induction Single Fryer with Splashback IFS10-30L","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax IFS10-30L is a 900 Series commercial induction single deep fryer with a rear splashback and stainless steel body, built for high-volume cafes, takeaways, fish shops, pubs and restaurants that want a deeper, floor-height frying station. Its single 30L oil tank heats by induction from 80°C to 190°C, draws 10 kW on a hard-wired 415V three-phase supply, and comes with a single basket, basket hanger, lid with handle and a digital touch control with a 0–180 minute timer on a deep 900mm floor-height chassis (400 × 900 × 1003 mm, 57 kg net).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the IFS10-30L\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep 900-series chassis\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 900mm-deep floor-height body that matches a 900-series cooking line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30L single oil tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — a deep, high-recovery frying vat for sustained service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 kW induction heat\u003c\/strong\u003e — flame-free power that recovers oil temperature fast between drops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e80°C–190°C control\u003c\/strong\u003e — digital touch control holds accurate, repeatable frying temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0–180 minute timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — timed cooking so the line can work other stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle basket with hanger\u003c\/strong\u003e — a full-size basket plus a hanger for draining between batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLid with handle\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers the vat to keep oil clean and cut heat loss out of service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade build that resists corrosion through hard service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIFS10-30L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIFS10-30L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIFS10-30L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction single deep fryer with splashback, floor-height on stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 Series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 L (single tank)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBaskets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415V three-phase (3N), hard-wired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80°C – 190°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 180 min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital touch control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 900 × 1003 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e925 × 425 × 1110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour + 1 year parts only (register within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IFS10-30L suits high-turnover cafes, takeaways, fish-and-chip shops, pubs and restaurants that want a single-vat induction fryer matched to a deeper 900-series cooking line — a strong fit for chips, seafood and crumbed items where fast oil recovery matters. Its 900mm-deep floor-height chassis gives a stable base for a busy fryer line, with a rear splashback fitted as standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/induction-cooking\"\u003einduction cooking\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/electmax\"\u003eElectmax\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IFS10-30L is hard-wired — no plug is supplied — and must be connected to a 415V three-phase (3N) supply by a licensed electrician. Allow clearance at the rear for the splashback and around the unit for airflow; at 57 kg it ships packed at 925 × 425 × 1110 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does the IFS10-30L differ from the IFS7-30L?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The IFS10-30L is the 900-series version — a deeper 900mm floor-height chassis (400 × 900 × 1003 mm, 57 kg) versus the 700-series 400 × 700 × 980 mm. Both are 30L, 10 kW induction single fryers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much oil does the IFS10-30L hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It has a single 30 litre oil tank with one basket and a basket hanger for draining between batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does the IFS10-30L reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Its digital touch control holds frying temperatures from 80°C to 190°C, with a 0–180 minute timer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the IFS10-30L powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It draws 10 kW on a 415V three-phase (3N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and weight of the IFS10-30L?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 400 × 900 × 1003 mm (W×D×H), weighs 57 kg net, and ships packed at 925 × 425 × 1110 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the IFS10-30L come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How does the IFS10-30L differ from the IFS7-30L?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The IFS10-30L is the 900-series version — a deeper 900mm floor-height chassis (400 × 900 × 1003 mm, 57 kg) versus the 700-series 400 × 700 × 980 mm. Both are 30L, 10 kW induction single fryers.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How much oil does the IFS10-30L hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It has a single 30 litre oil tank with one basket and a basket hanger for draining between batches.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does the IFS10-30L reach?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Its digital touch control holds frying temperatures from 80°C to 190°C, with a 0–180 minute timer.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the IFS10-30L powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It draws 10 kW on a 415V three-phase (3N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight of the IFS10-30L?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 400 × 900 × 1003 mm (W×D×H), weighs 57 kg net, and ships packed at 925 × 425 × 1110 mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the IFS10-30L come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026 labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539817955629,"sku":"IFS10-30L","price":4411.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/electmax-900-series-induction-single-fryer-with-splashback-ifs10-30l-8873829.png?v=1776341503"},{"product_id":"heated-food-display-without-glass-top-hold-5x11-gn-pans-1800x790x845mm","title":"Heated Food Display without Glass Top Hold 5x1\/1 GN Pans 1800x790x845mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Thermaster PG180FE-XB is a \u003cstrong\u003e5 x 1\/1 GN pans heated food display\u003c\/strong\u003e holding \u003cstrong\u003e800 L gross\u003c\/strong\u003e, and it runs as a \u003cstrong\u003eWET or a DRY bain marie\u003c\/strong\u003e — the heating elements sit submerged in water and there is a built-in water inlet and outlet, so you choose which way to run it. \u003cstrong\u003e35 to 85 °C\u003c\/strong\u003e, with an \u003cstrong\u003eambient (unheated) storage cabinet underneath\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PG180FE-XB\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns wet OR dry — this is the point of the machine\u003c\/strong\u003e. The elements are submerged in water and the cabinet has its own water inlet and outlet, so you can run a water bath for anything moist or saucy and switch to dry heat for anything that would go soggy. Most bain maries make that choice for you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConvective thermal air flow and humidity\u003c\/strong\u003e — heat and moisture are moved around the well rather than sitting over the elements, which is what stops the pan nearest the element cooking while the far one goes cold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35 to 85 °C\u003c\/strong\u003e on analogue control, with a temperature-reach indicator light — staff can see it is up to temperature rather than guessing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds 5 x 1\/1 GN pans\u003c\/strong\u003e, and fits GN pans up to \u003cstrong\u003e150 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003ePans are NOT included\u003c\/strong\u003e — the source lists them as available separately, so budget for them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe cabinet underneath is AMBIENT, not heated\u003c\/strong\u003e — it is storage, not a second holding compartment. Worth knowing before you plan a service around it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerforated pan divider\u003c\/strong\u003e and a fully stainless, streamlined body built to be hosed down rather than wiped around\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItalian multiple heating element\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003ecastors\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240 V at about 1.81 kW on a 15 amp supply\u003c\/strong\u003e — see Installation and delivery, because our power record has a unit error we have corrected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e — a two-person delivery at minimum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 years parts and labour, plus a further 2 years parts only — but the second period is conditional on registering the product within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/strong\u003e. Register it or you have the 2-year term, not the 4-year one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe PG150FE-XB is the 4-pan build at 1460 mm and 600 L, on a 10 amp supply\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermaster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePG180FE-XB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePG180FE-XB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeated food display, wet or dry bain marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWET or DRY - elements submerged in water, built-in water inlet and outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 x 1\/1 GN pans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePans included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo - available separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum pan depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm GN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 to 85 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnalogue, with temperature-reach indicator light and analogue display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir flow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvective thermal air flow and humidity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCabinet below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmbient - unheated storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDivider\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerforated pan divider\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 1.81 kW, 15 A - our record reads \"1.81W\", corrected to kW, see Installation and delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 x 765 x 845 mm - the product title says 790 deep, unresolved, see Installation and delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts and labour, plus 2 years parts only CONDITIONAL on product registration within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA wet-or-dry bain marie suits carveries, buffets, canteens, clubs and any counter serving a mixed hot menu — the point is that one cabinet handles a gravy and a crumbed schnitzel without ruining either. The ambient cabinet underneath takes the spare pans and the lids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompare the rest of the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/thermaster\"\u003eThermaster range\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/hot-bain-marie\"\u003ehot bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/food-displays\"\u003efood displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlugs into a \u003cstrong\u003e240 V, 15 amp supply\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003eOur power record reads \"1.81W\", which is a unit error\u003c\/strong\u003e: at 240 V, 1.81 kW draws about 7.5 A, which sits inside the recorded 15 amp rating — so the figure is kilowatts, not watts, and that is how we have published it. \u003cstrong\u003eIt also needs a water connection\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are running it wet: there is a built-in inlet and outlet, so plumbing is part of the install. \u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e our specification field records 1800 x 765 x 845 mm while the product title says 790 mm deep — \u003cstrong\u003ea 25 mm disagreement we have not been able to resolve\u003c\/strong\u003e, and on a counter run that is the difference between flush and proud. Confirm the depth with us before you build it in. At \u003cstrong\u003e150 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e plan the lift; it arrives on castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms are per product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it really run both wet and dry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, and it is the reason to choose it. The elements are submerged in water and the cabinet has a built-in water inlet and outlet, so you can run a water bath for saucy items or drain it and use dry heat for anything crumbed or roasted. Most bain maries only do one of the two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is it different from the PG150FE-XB?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSize and supply. This is the 5-pan unit at 1800 mm and 800 L gross on a 15 amp supply; the PG150FE-XB is 4 pans at 1460 mm and 600 L on 10 amp. Everything else - wet-or-dry operation, 35 to 85 C, the ambient cabinet underneath, castors, the warranty - is common to both. Note the step from 10 to 15 amp: confirm the outlet at the position before delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the pans included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo - the source lists pans as available separately. It takes 5 x 1\/1 GN pans up to 150 mm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How deep is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe cannot give you that one cleanly. Our specification field records 765 mm and the product title says 790 mm - a 25 mm disagreement, and its 4-pan sibling has exactly the same conflict, so it is a range-wide record problem rather than a typo on one page. Contact us and we will confirm before you build it into a run.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo years parts and labour, and then a further two years parts only - but the second period only exists if you register the product within 14 days of the invoice. We state the condition every time because without it the cover is two years, not four. See our warranty information page for the full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it really run both wet and dry?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, and it is the reason to choose it. The elements are submerged in water and the cabinet has a built-in water inlet and outlet, so you can run a water bath for saucy items or drain it and use dry heat for anything crumbed or roasted. Most bain maries only do one of the two.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is it different from the PG150FE-XB?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Size and supply. This is the 5-pan unit at 1800 mm and 800 L gross on a 15 amp supply; the PG150FE-XB is 4 pans at 1460 mm and 600 L on 10 amp. Everything else - wet-or-dry operation, 35 to 85 C, the ambient cabinet underneath, castors, the warranty - is common to both. Note the step from 10 to 15 amp: confirm the outlet at the position before delivery.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the pans included?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No - the source lists pans as available separately. It takes 5 x 1\/1 GN pans up to 150 mm deep.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How deep is it?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"We cannot give you that one cleanly. Our specification field records 765 mm and the product title says 790 mm - a 25 mm disagreement, and its 4-pan sibling has exactly the same conflict, so it is a range-wide record problem rather than a typo on one page. Contact us and we will confirm before you build it into a run.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does it come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Two years parts and labour, and then a further two years parts only - but the second period only exists if you register the product within 14 days of the invoice. We state the condition every time because without it the cover is two years, not four. See our warranty information page for the full terms.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539818545453,"sku":"PG180FE-XB","price":3205.35,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/heated-food-display-without-glass-top-hold-5x11-gn-pans-1800x790x845mm-3675609.png?v=1776341508"},{"product_id":"electmax-900-series-induction-griddle-with-splashback-egp9800","title":"ElectMax 900 Series Induction Griddle with Splashback EGP9-800","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax EGP9-800 is a 900 Series commercial induction griddle with a rear splashback and stainless steel body and stand, built for high-volume cafes, takeaways, restaurants and commercial kitchens that want a deeper, heavier-duty griddle station without a gas connection. It runs a mild-steel griddle plate heated by induction from 80°C to 300°C, draws 10 kW on a hard-wired 415V three-phase supply, and sits on a deep 900mm floor-height chassis with an oil tray and open storage below (800 × 900 × 1003 mm, 118 kg net).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the EGP9-800\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep 900-series chassis\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 900mm-deep floor-height body suited to heavier, sustained griddle service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 kW induction heat\u003c\/strong\u003e — flame-free power that heats the plate fast and responds instantly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e80°C–300°C plate control\u003c\/strong\u003e — touch control with knob adjustment from searing to steady holding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMild-steel griddle plate\u003c\/strong\u003e — a solid, seasonable surface for eggs, meats and breakfast service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear splashback guard\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps the wall behind the cooking line clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in oil tray\u003c\/strong\u003e — collects run-off for tidy, faster clean-down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade build that resists corrosion through hard service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen storage below\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps trays, pans and spares within reach at the line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEGP9-800\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEGP9-800\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEGP9-800\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction griddle with splashback, floor-height on stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 Series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415V three-phase (3N), hard-wired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80°C – 300°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooking surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch control with knob adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 × 900 × 1003 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 × 900 × 1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e118 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour + 1 year parts only (register within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EGP9-800 suits high-turnover cafes, takeaways, diners and restaurant lines that want a deeper, heavier griddle station for sustained all-day breakfast, burgers and teppanyaki-style service. Its 900mm-deep floor-height chassis gives more plate depth and a stable base for a busy line, with a rear splashback fitted as standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/induction-cooking\"\u003einduction cooking\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/electmax\"\u003eElectmax\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EGP9-800 is hard-wired — no plug is supplied — and must be connected to a 415V three-phase (3N) supply by a licensed electrician. Allow clearance at the rear for the splashback and around the unit for airflow; at 118 kg it ships packed at 900 × 900 × 1100 mm and needs two people to position. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does the EGP9-800 differ from the EGP7-800?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EGP9-800 is the 900-series version — a deeper 900mm floor-height chassis (800 × 900 × 1003 mm, 118 kg) versus the 700-series 800 × 700 × 980 mm. Both are 10 kW induction griddles with a rear splashback.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the EGP9-800 powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It draws 10 kW on a 415V three-phase (3N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does the EGP9-800 reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The mild-steel griddle plate is controllable from 80°C to 300°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and weight of the EGP9-800?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 800 × 900 × 1003 mm (W×D×H), weighs 118 kg net, and ships packed at 900 × 900 × 1100 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the EGP9-800 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the EGP9-800 ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How does the EGP9-800 differ from the EGP7-800?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EGP9-800 is the 900-series version — a deeper 900mm floor-height chassis (800 × 900 × 1003 mm, 118 kg) versus the 700-series 800 × 700 × 980 mm. Both are 10 kW induction griddles with a rear splashback.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the EGP9-800 powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It draws 10 kW on a 415V three-phase (3N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does the EGP9-800 reach?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The mild-steel griddle plate is controllable from 80°C to 300°C.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight of the EGP9-800?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 800 × 900 × 1003 mm (W×D×H), weighs 118 kg net, and ships packed at 900 × 900 × 1100 mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the EGP9-800 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026 labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the EGP9-800 ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539818610989,"sku":"EGP9-800","price":5686.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/electmax-900-series-induction-griddle-with-splashback-egp9-800-2409006.png?v=1776341500"},{"product_id":"electmax-900-series-induction-6-buner-cooker-with-splashback-eic91200p","title":"ElectMax 900 Series Induction 6 Buner Cooker with Splashback EIC9-1200P","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax EIC9-1200P is a six-burner commercial induction cooker with a stainless steel body and stand, the flagship of the Electmax 900 Series and built for high-volume restaurants, hotels, clubs and production kitchens that need fast, flame-free cooking across a wide line. Each of its six induction zones draws 5 kW for 30 kW of total power (hard-wired 415V three-phase), heats a ceramic glass cooktop across a 60°C to 240°C range, and sits on a deep 900mm base with storage below and a rear splashback guard (1200 × 900 × 1003 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the EIC9-1200P\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix 5 kW induction zones\u003c\/strong\u003e — 30 kW of flame-free power to run six pans across a wide line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeramic glass cooktop\u003c\/strong\u003e — heats the pan, not the kitchen, and wipes clean in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60°C–240°C control\u003c\/strong\u003e — touch control with knob adjustment for precise, repeatable heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade build that resists corrosion through hard service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1200mm-wide 900 Series footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — a full six-zone cooktop on one 900mm-deep stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0–180 min timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — timed cooking so the line can work other stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder-cooktop storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — room for pans and trays below; optional cabinet door available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric overheat protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — guards the unit during long, busy shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC9-1200P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC9-1200P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC9-1200P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction cooker on stand (900 Series)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction zones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower per zone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415V three-phase (3~N), hard-wired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60°C – 240°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 180 min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 × 900 × 1003 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 × 1300 × 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour + 1 year parts only (register within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC9-1200P suits high-output restaurants, hotels, clubs and production kitchens that need a wide six-zone induction line on a single stand — the capacity to run a full à la carte or banquet service, or to replace a six-burner gas range with flame-free electric cooking. Its 1200mm-wide, 900mm-deep 900 Series stand matches a full cooking line and arrives at a comfortable working height, so it drops straight into service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/induction-cooking\"\u003einduction cooking\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/electmax\"\u003eElectmax\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC9-1200P is hard-wired — no plug is supplied — and must be connected to a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply by a licensed electrician. Allow clearance at the rear for the splashback and around the stand for airflow; it ships packed at 1000 × 1300 × 1000 mm and weighs 100 kg net. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many cooking zones does the EIC9-1200P have?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EIC9-1200P has six induction zones, each rated at 5 kW for 30 kW of total power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the EIC9-1200P powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus a 0–180 minute timer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the EIC9-1200P?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1200 × 900 × 1003 mm (W×D×H), weighs 100 kg net and ships packed at 1000 × 1300 × 1000 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the EIC9-1200P come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the EIC9-1200P ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many cooking zones does the EIC9-1200P have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EIC9-1200P has six induction zones, each rated at 5\u0026nbsp;kW for 30\u0026nbsp;kW of total power.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the EIC9-1200P powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does it cover?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus a 0–180 minute timer.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the EIC9-1200P?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 1200 × 900 × 1003\u0026nbsp;mm (W×D×H), weighs 100\u0026nbsp;kg net and ships packed at 1000 × 1300 × 1000\u0026nbsp;mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the EIC9-1200P come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the EIC9-1200P ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539818643757,"sku":"EIC9-1200P","price":6876.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/electmax-900-series-induction-6-buner-cooker-with-splashback-eic9-1200p-2954625.png?v=1776341506"},{"product_id":"electmax-900-series-induction-4-buner-cooker-with-splashback-eic9800p","title":"ElectMax 900 Series Induction 4 Buner Cooker with Splashback EIC9-800P","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax EIC9-800P is a four-burner commercial induction cooker with a stainless steel body and stand, part of the Electmax 900 Series and built for cafes, takeaways, restaurants and high-volume commercial kitchens that need fast, flame-free cooking across a full line. Each of its four induction zones draws 5 kW for 20 kW of total power (hard-wired 415V three-phase), heats a ceramic glass cooktop across a 60°C to 240°C range, and sits on a deep 900mm base with storage below and a rear splashback guard (800 × 900 × 1003 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the EIC9-800P\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour 5 kW induction zones\u003c\/strong\u003e — 20 kW of flame-free power to run four pans at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeramic glass cooktop\u003c\/strong\u003e — heats the pan, not the kitchen, and wipes clean in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60°C–240°C control\u003c\/strong\u003e — touch control with knob adjustment for precise, repeatable heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade build that resists corrosion through hard service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e900 Series 900mm depth\u003c\/strong\u003e — extra bench depth for larger pots and a stable, matched cooking line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0–180 min timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — timed cooking so the line can work other stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder-cooktop storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — room for pans and trays below; optional cabinet door available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric overheat protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — guards the unit during long, busy shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC9-800P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC9-800P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC9-800P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction cooker on stand (900 Series)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction zones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower per zone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415V three-phase (3~N), hard-wired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60°C – 240°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 180 min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 × 900 × 1003 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 × 900 × 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour + 1 year parts only (register within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC9-800P suits busy restaurants, hotels, clubs and commercial kitchens that need four induction zones on one stand — enough cooktop to run a full à la carte or banquet line, or to replace a four-burner gas range with flame-free electric cooking. Its 900mm-deep 900 Series stand matches a full cooking line and arrives at a comfortable working height, so it drops straight into service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/induction-cooking\"\u003einduction cooking\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/electmax\"\u003eElectmax\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC9-800P is hard-wired — no plug is supplied — and must be connected to a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply by a licensed electrician. Allow clearance at the rear for the splashback and around the stand for airflow; it ships packed at 1000 × 900 × 1000 mm and weighs 75 kg net. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many cooking zones does the EIC9-800P have?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EIC9-800P has four induction zones, each rated at 5 kW for 20 kW of total power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the EIC9-800P powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus a 0–180 minute timer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the EIC9-800P?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 800 × 900 × 1003 mm (W×D×H), weighs 75 kg net and ships packed at 1000 × 900 × 1000 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the EIC9-800P come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the EIC9-800P ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many cooking zones does the EIC9-800P have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EIC9-800P has four induction zones, each rated at 5\u0026nbsp;kW for 20\u0026nbsp;kW of total power.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the EIC9-800P powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does it cover?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus a 0–180 minute timer.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the EIC9-800P?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 800 × 900 × 1003\u0026nbsp;mm (W×D×H), weighs 75\u0026nbsp;kg net and ships packed at 1000 × 900 × 1000\u0026nbsp;mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the EIC9-800P come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the EIC9-800P ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539818709293,"sku":"EIC9-800P","price":5006.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/electmax-900-series-induction-4-buner-cooker-with-splashback-eic9-800p-4731026.jpg?v=1776341505"},{"product_id":"electmax-900-series-induction-2-buner-cooker-with-splashback-eic9400p","title":"ElectMax 900 Series Induction 2 Buner Cooker with Splashback EIC9-400P","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax EIC9-400P is a two-burner commercial induction cooker with a stainless steel body and stand, part of the Electmax 900 Series and built for cafes, takeaways, restaurants and commercial kitchens that need fast, flame-free cooking. Each of its two induction zones draws 5 kW for 10 kW of total power (hard-wired 415V three-phase), heats a ceramic glass cooktop across a 60°C to 240°C range, and sits on a deep 900mm base with storage below and a rear splashback guard (400 × 900 × 1003 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the EIC9-400P\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo 5 kW induction zones\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 kW of flame-free power for fast boil and instant response.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeramic glass cooktop\u003c\/strong\u003e — heats the pan, not the kitchen, and wipes clean in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60°C–240°C control\u003c\/strong\u003e — touch control with knob adjustment for precise, repeatable heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade build that resists corrosion through hard service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e900 Series 900mm depth\u003c\/strong\u003e — extra bench depth for larger pots and a stable, matched cooking line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0–180 min timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — timed cooking so the line can work other stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder-cooktop storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — room for pans and trays below; optional cabinet door available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric overheat protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — guards the unit during long, busy shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC9-400P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC9-400P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC9-400P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction cooker on stand (900 Series)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction zones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower per zone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415V three-phase (3~N), hard-wired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60°C – 240°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 180 min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 900 × 1003 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 × 500 × 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour + 1 year parts only (register within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC9-400P suits cafes, takeaways, restaurants and commercial kitchens that want two induction zones in a narrow 400mm-wide footprint — ideal for à la carte lines, sauce stations and sites moving from gas to electric induction cooking. Its 900mm-deep 900 Series stand matches a full cooking line and arrives at a comfortable working height, so it drops straight into service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/induction-cooking\"\u003einduction cooking\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/electmax\"\u003eElectmax\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC9-400P is hard-wired — no plug is supplied — and must be connected to a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply by a licensed electrician. Allow clearance at the rear for the splashback and around the stand for airflow; it ships packed at 1000 × 500 × 1000 mm and weighs 50 kg net. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many cooking zones does the EIC9-400P have?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EIC9-400P has two induction zones, each rated at 5 kW for 10 kW of total power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the EIC9-400P powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus a 0–180 minute timer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the EIC9-400P?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 400 × 900 × 1003 mm (W×D×H), weighs 50 kg net and ships packed at 1000 × 500 × 1000 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the EIC9-400P come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the EIC9-400P ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many cooking zones does the EIC9-400P have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EIC9-400P has two induction zones, each rated at 5\u0026nbsp;kW for 10\u0026nbsp;kW of total power.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the EIC9-400P powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does it cover?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus a 0–180 minute timer.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the EIC9-400P?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 400 × 900 × 1003\u0026nbsp;mm (W×D×H), weighs 50\u0026nbsp;kg net and ships packed at 1000 × 500 × 1000\u0026nbsp;mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the EIC9-400P come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the EIC9-400P ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539818774829,"sku":"EIC9-400P","price":2881.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/electmax-900-series-induction-2-buner-cooker-with-splashback-eic9-400p-6386464.png?v=1776341500"},{"product_id":"heated-food-display-without-glass-top-hold-4x11-gn-pans-1460x790x845mm","title":"Heated Food Display without Glass Top Hold 4x1\/1 GN Pans 1460x790x845mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Thermaster PG150FE-XB is a \u003cstrong\u003e4 x 1\/1 GN pans heated food display\u003c\/strong\u003e holding \u003cstrong\u003e600 L gross\u003c\/strong\u003e, and it runs as a \u003cstrong\u003eWET or a DRY bain marie\u003c\/strong\u003e — the heating elements sit submerged in water and there is a built-in water inlet and outlet, so you choose which way to run it. \u003cstrong\u003e35 to 85 °C\u003c\/strong\u003e, with an \u003cstrong\u003eambient (unheated) storage cabinet underneath\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PG150FE-XB\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns wet OR dry — this is the point of the machine\u003c\/strong\u003e. The elements are submerged in water and the cabinet has its own water inlet and outlet, so you can run a water bath for anything moist or saucy and switch to dry heat for anything that would go soggy. Most bain maries make that choice for you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConvective thermal air flow and humidity\u003c\/strong\u003e — heat and moisture are moved around the well rather than sitting over the elements, which is what stops the pan nearest the element cooking while the far one goes cold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35 to 85 °C\u003c\/strong\u003e on analogue control, with a temperature-reach indicator light — staff can see it is up to temperature rather than guessing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds 4 x 1\/1 GN pans\u003c\/strong\u003e, and fits GN pans up to \u003cstrong\u003e150 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003ePans are NOT included\u003c\/strong\u003e — the source lists them as available separately, so budget for them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe cabinet underneath is AMBIENT, not heated\u003c\/strong\u003e — it is storage, not a second holding compartment. Worth knowing before you plan a service around it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerforated pan divider\u003c\/strong\u003e and a fully stainless, streamlined body built to be hosed down rather than wiped around\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItalian multiple heating element\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003ecastors\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240 V at about 1.216 kW on a 10 amp supply\u003c\/strong\u003e — see Installation and delivery, because our power record has a unit error we have corrected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e125 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e — a two-person delivery at minimum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 years parts and labour, plus a further 2 years parts only — but the second period is conditional on registering the product within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/strong\u003e. Register it or you have the 2-year term, not the 4-year one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe PG180FE-XB is the 5-pan build at 1800 mm and 800 L, on a 15 amp supply\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermaster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePG150FE-XB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePG150FE-XB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeated food display, wet or dry bain marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWET or DRY - elements submerged in water, built-in water inlet and outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 1\/1 GN pans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePans included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo - available separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum pan depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm GN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 to 85 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnalogue, with temperature-reach indicator light and analogue display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir flow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvective thermal air flow and humidity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCabinet below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmbient - unheated storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDivider\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerforated pan divider\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 1.216 kW, 10 A - our record reads \"1.216W\", corrected to kW, see Installation and delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1460 x 765 x 845 mm - the product title says 790 deep, unresolved, see Installation and delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts and labour, plus 2 years parts only CONDITIONAL on product registration within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA wet-or-dry bain marie suits carveries, buffets, canteens, clubs and any counter serving a mixed hot menu — the point is that one cabinet handles a gravy and a crumbed schnitzel without ruining either. The ambient cabinet underneath takes the spare pans and the lids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompare the rest of the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/thermaster\"\u003eThermaster range\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/hot-bain-marie\"\u003ehot bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/food-displays\"\u003efood displays\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlugs into a \u003cstrong\u003e240 V, 10 amp supply\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003eOur power record reads \"1.216W\", which is a unit error\u003c\/strong\u003e: at 240 V, 1.216 kW draws about 5.1 A, which sits inside the recorded 10 amp rating — so the figure is kilowatts, not watts, and that is how we have published it. \u003cstrong\u003eIt also needs a water connection\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are running it wet: there is a built-in inlet and outlet, so plumbing is part of the install. \u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e our specification field records 1460 x 765 x 845 mm while the product title says 790 mm deep — \u003cstrong\u003ea 25 mm disagreement we have not been able to resolve\u003c\/strong\u003e, and on a counter run that is the difference between flush and proud. Confirm the depth with us before you build it in. At \u003cstrong\u003e125 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e plan the lift; it arrives on castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms are per product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it really run both wet and dry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, and it is the reason to choose it. The heating elements sit submerged in water and the cabinet has a built-in water inlet and outlet, so you can run a proper water bath for gravies, curries and anything saucy, or drain it and run dry heat for crumbed and roasted items that would go soft in humidity. Most bain maries only do one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the pans included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The source lists pans as available separately, so budget for them alongside. It takes 4 x 1\/1 GN pans up to 150 mm deep, and there is a perforated divider.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What electrical supply does it need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e240 V on a 10 amp supply. Worth explaining the figure: our record reads \"1.216W\", which cannot be right for a heated cabinet - at 240 V, 1.216 kW draws about 5.1 A, which sits comfortably inside the recorded 10 amp rating. So the value is kilowatts and we have published it that way. It also needs a water connection if you intend to run it wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How deep is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the one figure we cannot give you cleanly. Our specification field records 765 mm deep and the product title says 790 mm - a 25 mm disagreement we have not resolved. On a counter run that is the difference between sitting flush and standing proud, so contact us and we will confirm the depth with the supplier before you build it in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo years parts and labour, and then a further two years parts only - but the second period only exists if you register the product within 14 days of the invoice. We state the condition every time because without it the cover is two years, not four. See our warranty information page for the full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it really run both wet and dry?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, and it is the reason to choose it. The heating elements sit submerged in water and the cabinet has a built-in water inlet and outlet, so you can run a proper water bath for gravies, curries and anything saucy, or drain it and run dry heat for crumbed and roasted items that would go soft in humidity. Most bain maries only do one.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the pans included?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. The source lists pans as available separately, so budget for them alongside. It takes 4 x 1\/1 GN pans up to 150 mm deep, and there is a perforated divider.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What electrical supply does it need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"240 V on a 10 amp supply. Worth explaining the figure: our record reads \\\"1.216W\\\", which cannot be right for a heated cabinet - at 240 V, 1.216 kW draws about 5.1 A, which sits comfortably inside the recorded 10 amp rating. So the value is kilowatts and we have published it that way. It also needs a water connection if you intend to run it wet.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How deep is it?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"This is the one figure we cannot give you cleanly. Our specification field records 765 mm deep and the product title says 790 mm - a 25 mm disagreement we have not resolved. On a counter run that is the difference between sitting flush and standing proud, so contact us and we will confirm the depth with the supplier before you build it in.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does it come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Two years parts and labour, and then a further two years parts only - but the second period only exists if you register the product within 14 days of the invoice. We state the condition every time because without it the cover is two years, not four. See our warranty information page for the full terms.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539818807597,"sku":"PG150FE-XB","price":2975.85,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/heated-food-display-without-glass-top-hold-4x11-gn-pans-1460x790x845mm-9895914.jpg?v=1776341504"},{"product_id":"thermaster-cold-salad-noodle-bar-4x11-gn-pans-pg150faxg","title":"Thermaster Cold Salad \u0026 Noodle Bar 4x1\/1 GN Pans PG150FA-XG","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Thermaster PG150FA-XG is a \u003cstrong\u003erefrigerated salad and noodle bar\u003c\/strong\u003e holding \u003cstrong\u003e4 x 1\/1 GN pans\u003c\/strong\u003e at \u003cstrong\u003e+1 to +5 °C\u003c\/strong\u003e, with cassette cooling and cross-flow \"blown well\" airflow. \u003cstrong\u003eThis is a HOLDING unit, not a chiller.\u003c\/strong\u003e The source is explicit: product must be \u003cstrong\u003epre-chilled to below 5 °C before it goes in the top section\u003c\/strong\u003e. It will keep cold product cold; it will not bring warm product down, and loading it warm is how a food-safety record goes wrong.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PG150FA-XG\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-chill below 5 °C before loading\u003c\/strong\u003e — the well holds temperature, it does not pull it down, so the chilling step has to happen upstream in a fridge or blast chiller. Worth designing the prep flow around, because it is the difference between a compliant temperature log and a failed one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGN pans are NOT included, and pans and dividers must be fitted AT ALL TIMES\u003c\/strong\u003e — that is an operating requirement from the source, not a suggestion. Running the well with an open gap changes the airflow the cabinet depends on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTempered glass canopy and clear sliding doors on the serving side\u003c\/strong\u003e — which is why this unit stands \u003cstrong\u003e1280 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e against the flat-topped benches in the same range. The canopy is the difference; measure for it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED lighting inside\u003c\/strong\u003e the serving area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Blown well\" cross-flow fan cooling with a cassette system\u003c\/strong\u003e — the refrigeration deck lifts out as a unit, which turns a compressor failure into a swap rather than a strip-down, and the cross-flow is what keeps the far end of the well as cold as the near end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto defrost on its own control button\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic condensation evaporation\u003c\/strong\u003e — no drip tray to remember\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e220 mm deep PE chopping board included\u003c\/strong\u003e — in the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital temperature control and read-out\u003c\/strong\u003e, hinged cabinet doors, and a storage shelf inside the refrigerated cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits GN pans up to 150 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e, 600 L gross\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmbient rating recorded as \"38\/50\"\u003c\/strong\u003e — 38 °C is the ambient ceiling; the second figure is presumably 50% relative humidity but the source does not write it as a quantity, so we are not going to assert it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240 V at 663 W \/ 10 A\u003c\/strong\u003e, on castors, all stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e164 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 years parts and labour, plus a further 2 years parts only — but the second period is conditional on registering the product within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/strong\u003e. Register it or you have the 2-year term, not the 4-year one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe PG210FA-XB is the larger bench — 6 pans, 1000 L and 2140 mm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermaster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePG150FA-XG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePG150FA-XG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerated salad \/ prep bench\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHOLDING unit - product must be pre-chilled below 5 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 1\/1 GN pans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePans included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo - and pans and dividers must be fitted at all times\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum pan depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm GN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+1 to +5 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCassette system, cross-flow \"blown well\" fan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDefrost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic, separate control button\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCondensation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic evaporation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm deep PE chopping board\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital, with read-out\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmbient rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 degrees C - a second figure of 50 also appears in our record and is not asserted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 663 W \/ 10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1460 x 790 x 1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e164 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts and labour, plus 2 years parts only CONDITIONAL on product registration within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA refrigerated prep bench suits sandwich bars, salad counters, noodle bars and any line assembling to order from chilled components — the well holds the toppings and the cabinet underneath holds the back-up. Because it is a holding unit, it belongs downstream of a fridge, not instead of one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompare the rest of the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/thermaster\"\u003eThermaster range\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003ecold bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/salad-bar-fridges\"\u003esalad bar fridges\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlugs into a \u003cstrong\u003e240 V outlet at 663 W \/ 10 A\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003eDimensions are recorded width x depth x height\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1460 x 790 x 1280 mm, and at \u003cstrong\u003e164 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e it is a delivery to plan rather than a lift. It arrives on castors. \u003cstrong\u003eThe ambient ceiling is 38 °C\u003c\/strong\u003e — our record adds a second figure, \"50\", which is presumably relative humidity, but it is not written as a quantity so we have published only the temperature. \u003cstrong\u003eBefore it goes into service: this is a holding unit.\u003c\/strong\u003e Product must be pre-chilled below 5 °C before it goes in the top, and pans and dividers must be fitted at all times.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms are per product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will it chill food down?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, and this is the most important thing on the page. It is a holding unit: the source states that product must be pre-chilled to below 5 C before it goes into the top section. It will keep cold food cold through a service, but loading it with warm product will not bring the temperature down and will put your food-safety record at risk. Chill in a fridge or blast chiller first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the pans included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo - and there is a condition attached. GN pans are sold separately, and the source requires that pans and dividers are fitted at all times. That is not housekeeping: the well is cooled by cross-flow air, and an open gap changes the airflow the cabinet relies on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why is it so much taller than the other benches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe glass. At 1280 mm it stands roughly 435 mm above the flat-topped units in the same range, because it carries a tempered glass canopy and clear sliding doors on the serving side with LED lighting inside. If you want the display, measure for the height; if you do not, the flat-topped models are the ones to look at.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What ambient temperature is it rated to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e38 C. Our record writes it as \"38\/50\" - the second figure is presumably 50% relative humidity, but it is not written as a quantity so we have not asserted it. If your room runs hot and humid, ask us and we will confirm the humidity rating with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo years parts and labour, and then a further two years parts only - but the second period only exists if you register the product within 14 days of the invoice. We state the condition every time because without it the cover is two years, not four. See our warranty information page for the full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will it chill food down?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No, and this is the most important thing on the page. It is a holding unit: the source states that product must be pre-chilled to below 5 C before it goes into the top section. It will keep cold food cold through a service, but loading it with warm product will not bring the temperature down and will put your food-safety record at risk. Chill in a fridge or blast chiller first.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are the pans included?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No - and there is a condition attached. GN pans are sold separately, and the source requires that pans and dividers are fitted at all times. That is not housekeeping: the well is cooled by cross-flow air, and an open gap changes the airflow the cabinet relies on.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why is it so much taller than the other benches?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The glass. At 1280 mm it stands roughly 435 mm above the flat-topped units in the same range, because it carries a tempered glass canopy and clear sliding doors on the serving side with LED lighting inside. If you want the display, measure for the height; if you do not, the flat-topped models are the ones to look at.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What ambient temperature is it rated to?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"38 C. Our record writes it as \\\"38\/50\\\" - the second figure is presumably 50% relative humidity, but it is not written as a quantity so we have not asserted it. If your room runs hot and humid, ask us and we will confirm the humidity rating with the supplier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does it come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Two years parts and labour, and then a further two years parts only - but the second period only exists if you register the product within 14 days of the invoice. We state the condition every time because without it the cover is two years, not four. See our warranty information page for the full terms.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539830735149,"sku":"PG150FA-XG","price":5622.75,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/thermaster-cold-salad-noodle-bar-4x11-gn-pans-pg150fa-xg-1466786.jpg?v=1776341457"},{"product_id":"thermaster-cold-salad-noodle-bar-6x11-gn-pans-pg210faxg","title":"Thermaster Cold Salad \u0026 Noodle Bar 6x1\/1 GN Pans PG210FA-XG","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Thermaster PG210FA-XG is a 2140 mm cold bain marie and refrigerated salad or noodle bar, holding six 1\/1 GN pans under a tempered glass canopy at +1 to +5 °C. Blown-well cross-flow (cassette) fan cooling, automatic defrost and three doors of refrigerated under-storage make it suited to salad bars, noodle houses, delis and buffet lines that display cold ingredients while keeping backup stock to hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PG210FA-XG\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 x 1\/1 GN pan top\u003c\/strong\u003e — presents a full spread of chilled ingredients (pans up to 150 mm deep)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+1 to +5 °C cross-flow fan cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e — blown-well cassette system holds food safely across the whole well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2140 mm wide layout\u003c\/strong\u003e — built for high-volume salad and noodle bar service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTempered glass canopy with clear sliding doors\u003c\/strong\u003e — protects food while keeping it on show\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-door refrigerated under-storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps backup stock chilled and within reach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic defrost with dedicated control button\u003c\/strong\u003e — reduces manual maintenance during trade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied with a 220 mm PE chopping board and internal storage shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready for prep out of the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermaster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePG210FA-XG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold Bain Marie \/ Refrigerated Salad \u0026amp; Noodle Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 x 1\/1 GN (up to 150 mm deep)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross Volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+1 to +5 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmbient Operating Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38\/50 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlown-well cross-flow fan (cassette)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDefrost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic (dedicated control button)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 hinged solid doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanopy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTempered glass with clear sliding doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2140 x 790 x 1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 x 2240 x 1370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V; 730W; 10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour + 2 Years Parts Only (with product registration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PG210FA-XG suits salad bars, noodle houses, delis, cafeterias and buffet lines that assemble made-to-order dishes and need a wide, refrigerated display with cold under-counter storage below. Compare more options in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003eCold Bain Maries \u0026amp; Refrigerated Prep Counters\u003c\/a\u003e range, or browse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/thermaster\"\u003eThermaster\u003c\/a\u003e lineup for a matched fit-out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PG210FA-XG runs from a 240V 10A outlet and draws 730W, with castors for positioning. Packed dimensions are 840 x 2240 x 1370 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. SilverChef finance is available for approved commercial customers. Full warranty terms are on our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many pans does the Thermaster PG210FA-XG hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The refrigerated top holds six 1\/1 GN pans (up to 150 mm deep), with three doors of chilled under-storage below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature does it run at?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: It maintains +1 to +5 °C using a blown-well cross-flow (cassette) fan system for even temperature across the whole well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How wide is the PG210FA-XG?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The cabinet is 2140 mm wide, suiting high-volume salad and noodle bar service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it need manual defrosting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: No. It has automatic defrost with a dedicated control button to reduce hands-on maintenance during service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty comes with the PG210FA-XG?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Two years parts and labour, plus two years parts only with product registration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539831652653,"sku":"PG210FA-XG","price":7229.25,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/thermaster-cold-salad-noodle-bar-6x11-gn-pans-pg210fa-xg-9193406.jpg?v=1776341457"},{"product_id":"thermaster-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-display-6x11-gn-pans-pg210fexg","title":"Thermaster Wet and Dry Bain Marie Display 6x1\/1 GN Pans PG210FE-XG","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Thermaster PG210FE-XG is a 2140mm wet-and-dry hot bain marie display that holds up to six 1\/1 GN pans of hot food between 35 and 85°C. With a tempered glass canopy, halogen lighting and clear sliding serving doors, it presents and holds cooked dishes for bistros, cafeterias, takeaways and carveries running a hot service line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy operators choose the PG210FE-XG\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 x 1\/1 GN pan capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — a full hot display line in one unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWet and dry operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — run with a water bath or dry to suit the service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35–85°C range\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds a broad spread of hot dishes at safe serving temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTempered glass canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e — a clear customer view with heat retention\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHalogen lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps food looking fresh and appetising under warm light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear sliding serving doors\u003c\/strong\u003e — easy rear access for staff to replenish pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2140mm width on castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — a substantial service line that still rolls for cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240V electric\u003c\/strong\u003e — plug-in operation, no gas connection required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermaster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePG210FE-XG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot Bain Marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 x 1\/1 GN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35–85°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2140(W) x 790(D) x 1280(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840(W) x 2230(D) x 1370(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 months — 2 Years Parts and Labour + 2 Years Parts Only with Product Registration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe wide six-pan format suits bistros, cafeterias, takeaways, carveries and canteens serving hot food from a display line where presentation and holding temperature both matter. Compare it with the rest of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/hot-bain-marie\"\u003ehot bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/thermaster\"\u003eThermaster range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlug-in on 240V electric — no gas connection needed — and mounted on castors for positioning and cleaning. Product dimensions are 2140(W) x 790(D) x 1280(H)mm at 175kg; check access against the packed footprint of 840 x 2230 x 1370mm before delivery. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. SilverChef finance is available for approved commercial buyers. Every unit is backed by its Thermaster manufacturer \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pans does the PG210FE-XG hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSix 1\/1 GN pans across a 2140mm display line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it run dry or with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it operates in both wet and dry modes, so you can run a water bath or dry-heat as the service suits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e35 to 85°C — a hot-holding range for cooked food, not refrigeration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do staff access and replenish the food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThrough the clear sliding serving doors at the rear of the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need a gas connection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — it runs on 240V electric and is mounted on castors so it can be repositioned for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539831685421,"sku":"PG210FE-XG","price":4429.35,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/thermaster-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-display-6x11-gn-pans-pg210fe-xg-3661654.jpg?v=1776341455"},{"product_id":"thermaster-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-display-5x11-gn-pans-pg180fexg","title":"Thermaster Wet and Dry Bain Marie Display 5x 1\/1 GN Pans PG180FE-XG","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eThermaster PG180FE-XG Wet \u0026amp; Dry Bain Marie Display\u003c\/strong\u003e is a commercial-grade hot food display that holds up to \u003cstrong\u003e5x 1\/1 GN pans\u003c\/strong\u003e and can run as either a wet or dry bain marie. With a tempered glass canopy, clear sliding serving doors and an 800L gross volume, it keeps prepared food at safe serving temperatures across cafeterias, bistros, canteens, buffets and hospitality service lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeating elements sit submerged in water for even, gentle holding across a 35-85°C range, while a halogen heat lamp with its own switch keeps the top of the display warm. An ambient under-cabinet with sliding doors adds practical storage, and the all-stainless-steel body on castors makes the unit easy to clean and reposition. It is a hot-holding display only and is not designed to cook or reheat product, so food should be loaded pre-heated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermaster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePG180FE-XG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWet \u0026amp; Dry Bain Marie Display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 x 1\/1 GN pans (up to 150mm deep)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGross Volume\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35-85°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800(W) x 790(D) x 1280(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePacked Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840(W) x 1850(D) x 1400(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e143 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Manufacture\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour + 2 Years Parts Only (with product registration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eGN pans not included. Pans and dividers must be fitted at all times during operation.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperates as a wet (water bath) or dry bain marie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds 5x 1\/1 GN pans up to 150mm deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTempered glass canopy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear sliding serving doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalogen heat lamp with light cover and separate switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeating elements submerged in water for even holding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue temperature control and display with temperature-reach indicator light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient under-cabinet with sliding doors for storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerforated pan divider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll stainless steel, streamlined for easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounted on castors for easy repositioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHot food holding only (not designed to cook or reheat product)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/hot-bain-marie\"\u003ecommercial hot bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e or browse the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/food-displays\"\u003ecommercial food displays\u003c\/a\u003e to find the right configuration for your venue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSilverChef finance options are available on this unit, and it is backed by Thermaster's manufacturer warranty — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pans does the PG180FE-XG hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 5x 1\/1 GN pans up to 150mm deep. GN pans are not included and must be fitted, along with the divider, during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used as both a wet and dry bain marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The PG180FE-XG can operate as a wet bain marie with water in the well, or as a dry bain marie, depending on the food being held.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does it operate at?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds food between 35 and 85°C using an analogue temperature control, with a temperature-reach indicator light and analogue display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it cook or reheat food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a hot food holding display only and is not designed to heat product. Load food that has already been cooked and brought up to temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt carries 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour plus a further 2 Years Parts Only when you register the product. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539831750957,"sku":"PG180FE-XG","price":3740.85,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/thermaster-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-display-5x11-gn-pans-pg180fe-xg-4033966.jpg?v=1776341455"},{"product_id":"thermaster-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-display-4x11-gn-pans-pg150fexg","title":"Thermaster Wet and Dry Bain Marie Display 4x1\/1 GN Pans PG150FE-XG","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Thermaster PG150FE-XG is a wet-and-dry hot bain marie display that holds hot food at safe serving temperature behind a tempered glass canopy. It takes four 1\/1-size GN pans (up to 150mm deep), runs a 35–85°C range and can operate wet or dry — a versatile countertop hot display for cafes, takeaways, bakeries, canteens and catering operations serving hot food across the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PG150FE-XG\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour 1\/1 GN hot holding\u003c\/strong\u003e — presents a wide hot-food range for made-to-order or grab-and-go service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35–85°C temperature range\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds soups, curries, roasts and sides at safe serving temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWet and dry operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — run with or without water to suit the menu\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTempered glass canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps food visible and protected at the service front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHalogen lamp\u003c\/strong\u003e — adds top heat and lifts hot-food presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body on castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — stands up to daily commercial use and repositions easily for cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermaster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePG150FE-XG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot Bain Marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 1\/1 GN (pans up to 150mm deep)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35–85°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1460 × 790 × 1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 × 1520 × 1390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 months — 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour + 2 Years Parts Only (register within 14 days)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PG150FE-XG suits cafes, takeaways, bakeries, canteens and catering operations that serve hot food from a display counter. Wet-and-dry operation and a full 35–85°C range make it flexible across breakfast, lunch and all-day hot service. Compare the full range in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/hot-bain-marie\"\u003eHot Bain Marie\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or browse every model in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/thermaster\"\u003eThermaster\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PG150FE-XG runs on a 240V electric supply and sits on castors for easy repositioning. At 1460mm wide and 125kg net, position it on a level, supported surface with clearance at the service front. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. All Thermaster equipment is covered by a manufacturer-backed warranty — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many GN pans does the PG150FE-XG hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt takes four 1\/1-size GN pans, accommodating pans up to 150mm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does it reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds a 35–85°C range for safe hot-food service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it run without water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it operates both wet and dry, so staff can run it with or without water to suit the menu.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have overhead heating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it includes a halogen lamp for top heat and improved hot-food presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 years parts and labour, plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539831783725,"sku":"PG150FE-XG","price":3434.85,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/thermaster-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-display-4x11-gn-pans-pg150fe-xg-1237071.jpg?v=1776341455"},{"product_id":"bonvue-angled-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm14tc","title":"Bonvue Angled Countertop Wet and Dry Bain Marie BM14TC","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBonvue BM14TC\u003c\/strong\u003e is an angled countertop bain marie that runs \u003cstrong\u003ewet or dry\u003c\/strong\u003e — as a water bath, or with the pans heated directly. It takes \u003cstrong\u003e4 × 1\/1 GN\u003c\/strong\u003e pans (or a double row of 1\/2 GN) up to 100 mm deep across +35 to +85 °C, in 304-grade stainless steel with a warm-white light on its own switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the BM14TC\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns wet or dry\u003c\/strong\u003e — one unit covers sauced product that needs a water bath and dry-held product that does not\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits 4 x 1\/1 GN pans, or a double row of 1\/2 GN\u003c\/strong\u003e — the layout follows the menu rather than the other way round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakes pans up to 100 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e — a full service of curry or sauce fits in one vessel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePan divider included\u003c\/strong\u003e — sections the well without buying extra parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+35 to +85 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e — a real holding band with a readable setting for food-safety records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarm-white light on a separate switch\u003c\/strong\u003e — lights the food line independently of the heat, so presentation is not tied to holding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngled presentation\u003c\/strong\u003e — product faces the customer rather than lying flat, which is the point of an angled well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e304-grade stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — the food-contact grade, and it survives daily filling, draining and cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBM14TC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBM14TC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngled countertop wet and dry bain marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 1\/1 GN (or double row of 1\/2 GN), up to 100 mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan divider\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+35 to +85 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWet (water bath) or dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm white, stainless cover, separate switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304-grade stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1388 x 624 x 720 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 W, 15 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA countertop bain marie is the hot-holding backbone of a servery — bistros, buffets, canteens, clubs, takeaway counters and function catering. The wet-or-dry operation is the reason to choose it over a wet-only unit: one cabinet covers curries and sauces alongside product that would soften over water. At 1388 mm the BM14TC holds 4 full-size pans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/hot-bain-marie\"\u003ehot food displays and bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a plug-in unit drawing 3000 W and requires a \u003cstrong\u003e15 A\u003c\/strong\u003e supply — \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e a standard 10 A outlet, so confirm the circuit before delivery. Set it on a level counter able to carry the loaded weight, and fill the water bath before switching on when running wet. Pans are not included. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 2-year parts and labour warranty, plus a further 2 years parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many pans does the Bonvue BM14TC hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 4 full-size 1\/1 GN pans, or a double row of 1\/2 GN, up to 100 mm deep. Pans are not included; a pan divider is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it run as a dry bain marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It runs either wet as a water bath or dry, so one unit covers sauced product and product that would soften over water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: +35 to +85 degrees C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does it need?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 3000 W on a 15 A supply — not a standard 10 A outlet, so confirm the circuit before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1388 mm wide x 624 mm deep x 720 mm high and weighs 67 kg net.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many pans does the Bonvue BM14TC hold?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"4 full-size 1\/1 GN pans, or a double row of 1\/2 GN, up to 100 mm deep. Pans are not included; a pan divider is.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can it run as a dry bain marie?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. It runs either wet as a water bath or dry, so one unit covers sauced product and product that would soften over water.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What temperature range does it hold?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"+35 to +85 degrees C.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What power supply does it need?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"3000 W on a 15 A supply — not a standard 10 A outlet, so confirm the circuit before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It measures 1388 mm wide x 624 mm deep x 720 mm high and weighs 67 kg net.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539832078637,"sku":"BM14TC","price":2124.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-angled-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm14tc-7367727.jpg?v=1776341454"},{"product_id":"bonvue-angled-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm11tc","title":"Bonvue Angled Countertop Wet and Dry Bain Marie BM11TC","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBonvue BM11TC\u003c\/strong\u003e is an angled countertop bain marie that runs \u003cstrong\u003ewet or dry\u003c\/strong\u003e — as a water bath, or with the pans heated directly. It takes \u003cstrong\u003e3 × 1\/1 GN\u003c\/strong\u003e pans (or a double row of 1\/2 GN) up to 100 mm deep across +35 to +85 °C, in 304-grade stainless steel with a warm-white light on its own switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the BM11TC\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns wet or dry\u003c\/strong\u003e — one unit covers sauced product that needs a water bath and dry-held product that does not\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits 3 x 1\/1 GN pans, or a double row of 1\/2 GN\u003c\/strong\u003e — the layout follows the menu rather than the other way round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakes pans up to 100 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e — a full service of curry or sauce fits in one vessel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePan divider included\u003c\/strong\u003e — sections the well without buying extra parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+35 to +85 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e — a real holding band with a readable setting for food-safety records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarm-white light on a separate switch\u003c\/strong\u003e — lights the food line independently of the heat, so presentation is not tied to holding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngled presentation\u003c\/strong\u003e — product faces the customer rather than lying flat, which is the point of an angled well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e304-grade stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — the food-contact grade, and it survives daily filling, draining and cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBM11TC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBM11TC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngled countertop wet and dry bain marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 x 1\/1 GN (or double row of 1\/2 GN), up to 100 mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan divider\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+35 to +85 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWet (water bath) or dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm white, stainless cover, separate switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304-grade stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1055 x 624 x 720 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2194 W, 10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA countertop bain marie is the hot-holding backbone of a servery — bistros, buffets, canteens, clubs, takeaway counters and function catering. The wet-or-dry operation is the reason to choose it over a wet-only unit: one cabinet covers curries and sauces alongside product that would soften over water. At 1055 mm the BM11TC holds 3 full-size pans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/hot-bain-marie\"\u003ehot food displays and bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a plug-in unit drawing 2194 W and requires a \u003cstrong\u003e10 A\u003c\/strong\u003e supply, which a standard 10 A outlet provides. Set it on a level counter able to carry the loaded weight, and fill the water bath before switching on when running wet. Pans are not included. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 2-year parts and labour warranty, plus a further 2 years parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many pans does the Bonvue BM11TC hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 3 full-size 1\/1 GN pans, or a double row of 1\/2 GN, up to 100 mm deep. Pans are not included; a pan divider is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it run as a dry bain marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It runs either wet as a water bath or dry, so one unit covers sauced product and product that would soften over water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: +35 to +85 degrees C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does it need?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 2194 W on a 10 A supply, which a standard 10 A outlet provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1055 mm wide x 624 mm deep x 720 mm high and weighs 53 kg net.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many pans does the Bonvue BM11TC hold?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"3 full-size 1\/1 GN pans, or a double row of 1\/2 GN, up to 100 mm deep. Pans are not included; a pan divider is.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can it run as a dry bain marie?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. It runs either wet as a water bath or dry, so one unit covers sauced product and product that would soften over water.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What temperature range does it hold?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"+35 to +85 degrees C.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What power supply does it need?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"2194 W on a 10 A supply, which a standard 10 A outlet provides.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It measures 1055 mm wide x 624 mm deep x 720 mm high and weighs 53 kg net.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539832111405,"sku":"BM11TC","price":2039.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-angled-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm11tc-7709452.jpg?v=1776341454"},{"product_id":"bonvue-square-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm17sc","title":"Bonvue Square Countertop Wet and Dry Bain Marie BM17SC","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bonvue BM17SC is a countertop wet and dry bain marie that keeps sauces, soups, curries and plated meals at a safe serving temperature — built for bistros, buffets, canteens and takeaway counters. It holds 5 × 1\/1 GN pans (or a double row of ½ GN) up to 100mm deep across a +35°C to +85°C range and can run as a wet water bath or dry. Built from 304-grade stainless steel with an Italian heating element, overhead heat lamps and an 8mm tempered glass cover, it is made for heavy daily service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the BM17SC\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWet or dry operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs as a wet water bath or dry heat to suit different menus and pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+35°C to +85°C temperature range\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds sauces, soups and plated food at safe serving temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e304-grade stainless steel with tubular frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — stands up to heavy daily commercial use and wipes down easily\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItalian heating element\u003c\/strong\u003e — delivers even, reliable heat across the pan area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverhead heating lamps and warm-white light\u003c\/strong\u003e — keep food hot from above while lifting presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8mm tempered glass cover and 5mm rear sliding door\u003c\/strong\u003e — protect food and give staff easy serving access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety-lock ball valve drain\u003c\/strong\u003e — empties the water bath quickly and safely from the rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnalogue temperature control with reach indicator\u003c\/strong\u003e — simple, at-a-glance temperature management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBM17SC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountertop wet \u0026amp; dry hot bain marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 × 1\/1 GN pans (or double row ½ GN), pans not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pan depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+35°C to +85°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3301W, 15A single phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304-grade stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeating element\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eItalian\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm tempered cover, 5mm rear sliding door\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1721 × 624 × 720 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1770 × 690 × 850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour plus 2 years parts only (register within 14 days)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BM17SC suits bistros, buffets, canteens, pubs and takeaway counters that hold hot food at the servery for extended periods. Its wet-or-dry operation and 5 × 1\/1 GN capacity make it flexible across menus. It is less suited to cooking food from raw or to holding chilled product. Compare it with the rest of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/hot-bain-marie\"\u003ehot bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BM17SC connects to a single-phase 15A supply (3301W) and, for wet operation, is filled to the marked water line — a rear safety-lock ball valve drains it quickly, with no plumbing connection required. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Finance is available through SilverChef. For full warranty terms see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pans does the Bonvue BM17SC hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits 5 × 1\/1 GN pans (or a double row of ½ GN) up to 100mm deep, with a pan divider included. Pans are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the BM17SC?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds food from +35°C to +85°C and can run as either a wet water bath or a dry bain marie.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the BM17SC run dry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It operates as both a wet water bath and a dry bain marie to suit different foods and pans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat power supply does the BM17SC need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt runs on a single-phase 15A supply and draws 3301W. No plumbing connection is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty comes with the BM17SC?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is covered by 2 years parts and labour plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice. See our warranty information page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539832176941,"sku":"BM17SC","price":2464.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-square-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm17sc-8811124.jpg?v=1776341454"},{"product_id":"bonvue-angled-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm17tc","title":"Bonvue Angled Countertop Wet and Dry Bain Marie BM17TC","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBonvue BM17TC\u003c\/strong\u003e is an angled countertop bain marie that runs \u003cstrong\u003ewet or dry\u003c\/strong\u003e — as a water bath, or with the pans heated directly. It takes \u003cstrong\u003e5 × 1\/1 GN\u003c\/strong\u003e pans (or a double row of 1\/2 GN) up to 100 mm deep across +35 to +85 °C, in 304-grade stainless steel with a warm-white light on its own switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the BM17TC\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns wet or dry\u003c\/strong\u003e — one unit covers sauced product that needs a water bath and dry-held product that does not\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits 5 x 1\/1 GN pans, or a double row of 1\/2 GN\u003c\/strong\u003e — the layout follows the menu rather than the other way round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakes pans up to 100 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e — a full service of curry or sauce fits in one vessel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePan divider included\u003c\/strong\u003e — sections the well without buying extra parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+35 to +85 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e — a real holding band with a readable setting for food-safety records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarm-white light on a separate switch\u003c\/strong\u003e — lights the food line independently of the heat, so presentation is not tied to holding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngled presentation\u003c\/strong\u003e — product faces the customer rather than lying flat, which is the point of an angled well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e304-grade stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — the food-contact grade, and it survives daily filling, draining and cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBM17TC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBM17TC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngled countertop wet and dry bain marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 x 1\/1 GN (or double row of 1\/2 GN), up to 100 mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan divider\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+35 to +85 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWet (water bath) or dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm white, stainless cover, separate switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304-grade stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1721 x 624 x 720 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3301 W, 15 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA countertop bain marie is the hot-holding backbone of a servery — bistros, buffets, canteens, clubs, takeaway counters and function catering. The wet-or-dry operation is the reason to choose it over a wet-only unit: one cabinet covers curries and sauces alongside product that would soften over water. At 1721 mm the BM17TC holds 5 full-size pans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/hot-bain-marie\"\u003ehot food displays and bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a plug-in unit drawing 3301 W and requires a \u003cstrong\u003e15 A\u003c\/strong\u003e supply — \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e a standard 10 A outlet, so confirm the circuit before delivery. Set it on a level counter able to carry the loaded weight, and fill the water bath before switching on when running wet. Pans are not included. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 2-year parts and labour warranty, plus a further 2 years parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many pans does the Bonvue BM17TC hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 5 full-size 1\/1 GN pans, or a double row of 1\/2 GN, up to 100 mm deep. Pans are not included; a pan divider is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it run as a dry bain marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It runs either wet as a water bath or dry, so one unit covers sauced product and product that would soften over water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: +35 to +85 degrees C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does it need?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 3301 W on a 15 A supply — not a standard 10 A outlet, so confirm the circuit before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1721 mm wide x 624 mm deep x 720 mm high and weighs 81 kg net.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many pans does the Bonvue BM17TC hold?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"5 full-size 1\/1 GN pans, or a double row of 1\/2 GN, up to 100 mm deep. Pans are not included; a pan divider is.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can it run as a dry bain marie?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. It runs either wet as a water bath or dry, so one unit covers sauced product and product that would soften over water.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What temperature range does it hold?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"+35 to +85 degrees C.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What power supply does it need?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"3301 W on a 15 A supply — not a standard 10 A outlet, so confirm the circuit before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It measures 1721 mm wide x 624 mm deep x 720 mm high and weighs 81 kg net.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539832242477,"sku":"BM17TC","price":2464.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-angled-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm17tc-7544764.jpg?v=1776341452"},{"product_id":"thermaster-cold-salad-noodle-bar-5x11-gn-pans-pg180faxg","title":"Thermaster PG180FA-XG Cold Salad \u0026 Noodle Bar 5×1\/1 GN Pans 1800mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Thermaster PG180FA-XG is an 1800mm cold salad and noodle bar that keeps assembled dishes and prepped ingredients chilled and on display right at the point of service. Sized for five 1\/1 GN pans and holding +1 to +5°C with cross-flow blown-well fan cooling under a tempered glass canopy, it suits salad bars, noodle and poke shops, delis and buffet lines serving made-to-order cold food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy operators choose the PG180FA-XG\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive 1\/1 GN pan capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — lay out a full range of toppings and prepped components at once\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+1 to +5°C holding\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps cold food safely in the display window through service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCross-flow blown-well fan cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e — even chilling across every pan, front to back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTempered glass canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e — protects food and gives customers a clear view of the offer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo hinged rear-access doors\u003c\/strong\u003e — refrigerated storage under the well for back-up stock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic defrost\u003c\/strong\u003e — reliable operation without manual intervention\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body\u003c\/strong\u003e — hard-wearing and easy to keep clean in a service area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1800mm serving width\u003c\/strong\u003e — generous frontage for a busy assembly or buffet line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermaster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePG180FA-XG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold Bain Marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 × 1\/1 GN pans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+1 to +5°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax ambient\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38°C @ 50% RH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 hinged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 × 790 × 1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 × 1850 × 1370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e179 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V; 662W\/10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months — 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour + 2 Years Parts only (with product registration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PG180FA-XG is made for front-of-house assembly — salad and poke bars, noodle shops, sandwich counters, delicatessens and buffet service where cold ingredients are displayed and served to order. Its 1800mm width gives ample room to lay out a full topping range. Browse the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003ecold bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e or see every model in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/thermaster\"\u003eThermaster\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a plug-in unit running on a 240V electric supply; site it clear of direct heat sources and allow airflow around the cabinet for the cooling well to perform. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Commercial finance is available through SilverChef. Full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e is available on our warranty page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many GN pans does the PG180FA-XG hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt accommodates five 1\/1 GN pans across the serving well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature does it maintain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds cold food at +1 to +5°C, rated for ambient conditions up to 38°C at 50% relative humidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the external dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1800mm wide × 790mm deep × 1280mm high. Packed for transport it measures 840 × 1850 × 1370 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the cabinet made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe body is stainless steel with a tempered glass canopy, with two hinged doors giving refrigerated storage beneath the well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt carries 24 months parts and labour, plus a further 2 years parts-only cover with product registration. Commercial finance is available through SilverChef.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539832340781,"sku":"PG180FA-XG","price":6418.35,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/thermaster-cold-salad-noodle-bar-5x11-gn-pans-pg180fa-xg-3262433.jpg?v=1776341452"},{"product_id":"bonvue-square-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm14sc","title":"Bonvue Square Countertop Wet and Dry Bain Marie BM14SC","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBonvue BM14SC\u003c\/strong\u003e is a countertop bain marie that runs \u003cstrong\u003ewet or dry\u003c\/strong\u003e — as a water bath or with the pans heated directly. It takes \u003cstrong\u003e4 × 1\/1 GN\u003c\/strong\u003e pans (or a double row of 1\/2 GN) up to 100 mm deep across +35 to +85 °C, in 304-grade stainless with an Italian heating element, overhead heat lamps and an 8 mm tempered glass cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the BM14SC\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns wet or dry\u003c\/strong\u003e — one unit covers sauced product that needs a water bath and dry-held product that does not\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 x 1\/1 GN pans to 100 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e — or a double row of 1\/2 GN — the layout follows the menu rather than the other way round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+35 to +85 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e — a real holding band with a readable setting for food-safety records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverhead heat lamps\u003c\/strong\u003e — top heat as well as base heat, so the surface of the product does not cool while it waits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e304-grade stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — the food-contact grade, and it survives daily filling, draining and cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItalian heating element\u003c\/strong\u003e — a specified element rather than an unbranded part\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 mm tempered glass cover\u003c\/strong\u003e — protects the food line and keeps the display presentable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBM14SC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBM14SC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountertop wet and dry bain marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 1\/1 GN (or double row of 1\/2 GN), up to 100 mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+35 to +85 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWet (water bath) or dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eItalian element, with overhead heat lamps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm tempered glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304-grade stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1388 x 624 x 720 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 W, 15 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA countertop bain marie is the hot-holding backbone of a servery — bistros, buffets, canteens, clubs, takeaway counters and function catering. The BM14SC's wet-or-dry operation is the reason to pick it over a wet-only unit: one cabinet covers curries and sauces alongside product that would go soft over water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/hot-bain-marie\"\u003ehot food displays and bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a plug-in unit, but note it draws 3000 W and requires a \u003cstrong\u003e15 A\u003c\/strong\u003e supply — not a standard 10 A outlet. Confirm the circuit before delivery. Set it on a level counter able to carry the loaded weight, and fill the water bath before switching on when running wet. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 2-year parts and labour warranty, plus a further 2 years parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many pans does the Bonvue BM14SC hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Four 1\/1 GN pans up to 100 mm deep, or a double row of 1\/2 GN pans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it run as a dry bain marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It runs either wet as a water bath or dry, so one unit covers sauced product and product that would soften over water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: +35 to +85 degrees C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does it need?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 3000 W on a 15 A supply — not a standard 10 A outlet, so confirm the circuit before delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1388 mm wide x 624 mm deep x 720 mm high and weighs 72 kg net.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many pans does the Bonvue BM14SC hold?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Four 1\/1 GN pans up to 100 mm deep, or a double row of 1\/2 GN pans.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can it run as a dry bain marie?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. It runs either wet as a water bath or dry, so one unit covers sauced product and product that would soften over water.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What temperature range does it hold?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"+35 to +85 degrees C.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What power supply does it need?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"3000 W on a 15 A supply — not a standard 10 A outlet, so confirm the circuit before delivery.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It measures 1388 mm wide x 624 mm deep x 720 mm high and weighs 72 kg net.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539832471853,"sku":"BM14SC","price":2124.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-square-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm14sc-1032437.jpg?v=1776341451"},{"product_id":"bonvue-square-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm11sc","title":"Bonvue Square Countertop Wet and Dry Bain Marie BM11SC","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBonvue BM11SC\u003c\/strong\u003e is a square countertop bain marie that runs \u003cstrong\u003ewet or dry\u003c\/strong\u003e — as a water bath, or with the pans heated directly. It takes \u003cstrong\u003e3 × 1\/1 GN\u003c\/strong\u003e pans (or a double row of 1\/2 GN) across +35 to +85 °C in 304-grade stainless steel, with a rear sliding tempered glass door. Pans are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the BM11SC\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns wet or dry\u003c\/strong\u003e — one unit covers sauced product that needs a water bath and dry-held product that does not\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits 3 x 1\/1 GN pans, or a double row of 1\/2 GN\u003c\/strong\u003e — the layout follows the menu rather than the other way round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+35 to +85 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e — a real holding band with a readable setting for food-safety records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear sliding tempered glass door\u003c\/strong\u003e — staff serve from behind while the customer-facing glass stays closed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e304-grade stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — the food-contact grade, and it survives daily filling, draining and cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2194 W on a 10 A outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e — a standard single-phase supply — no dedicated circuit needed, unlike the larger four- and five-pan units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBM11SC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBM11SC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare countertop wet and dry bain marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 x 1\/1 GN (or double row of 1\/2 GN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+35 to +85 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWet (water bath) or dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 rear sliding tempered glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304-grade stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1055 x 624 x 720 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2194 W, 10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA countertop bain marie is the hot-holding backbone of a servery — bistros, buffets, canteens, clubs, takeaway counters and function catering. At three pans the BM11SC is the compact option in the range, and notably it runs from a standard 10 A outlet where the four- and five-pan models need 15 A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/hot-bain-marie\"\u003ehot food displays and bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a plug-in unit drawing 2194 W on a \u003cstrong\u003e10 A\u003c\/strong\u003e supply, which a standard outlet provides — worth noting, because the larger four- and five-pan units in this range require 15 A. Set it on a level counter able to carry the loaded weight, and fill the water bath before switching on when running wet. Pans are not included. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 2-year parts and labour warranty, plus a further 2 years parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many pans does the Bonvue BM11SC hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Three full-size 1\/1 GN pans, or a double row of 1\/2 GN. Pans are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it run as a dry bain marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It runs either wet as a water bath or dry, so one unit covers sauced product and product that would soften over water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: +35 to +85 degrees C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it need a special power supply?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. It draws 2194 W on a 10 A supply, which a standard outlet provides. The larger four- and five-pan models in this range do require 15 A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1055 mm wide x 624 mm deep x 720 mm high and weighs 58 kg net.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many pans does the Bonvue BM11SC hold?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Three full-size 1\/1 GN pans, or a double row of 1\/2 GN. Pans are not included.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can it run as a dry bain marie?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. It runs either wet as a water bath or dry, so one unit covers sauced product and product that would soften over water.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What temperature range does it hold?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"+35 to +85 degrees C.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does it need a special power supply?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. It draws 2194 W on a 10 A supply, which a standard outlet provides. The larger four- and five-pan models in this range do require 15 A.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It measures 1055 mm wide x 624 mm deep x 720 mm high and weighs 58 kg net.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539832504621,"sku":"BM11SC","price":2039.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-square-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm11sc-6505138.jpg?v=1776341451"},{"product_id":"hot-counter-passthrough-model-acc180","title":"Hot Counter Pass-through Model ACC-180","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Fagor ACC-180 is a hot pass-through holding counter that keeps plated and gastronorm food at serving temperature between the kitchen and the pass. Fully stainless steel inside and out, it uses forced-air heating and a thermostat adjustable from 30 °C to 90 °C, with sliding doors on both sides so food is loaded from the kitchen and served from the front. It measures 1800 × 700 × 850 mm and includes an intermediate undershelf and adjustable stainless steel legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the ACC-180\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-sided pass-through\u003c\/strong\u003e — sliding doors on both sides load from the kitchen and serve from the pass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven, gentle heat\u003c\/strong\u003e — forced-air heating with a 30–90 °C thermostat holds food at a safe serving temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — internal and external stainless construction wipes clean and lasts in service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInsulated for efficiency\u003c\/strong\u003e — double-wall, CFC-free polyurethane insulation (40 kg\/m³) with a reinforced body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — an intermediate undershelf adds a second tier of holding space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight-adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e — stainless steel legs set the working height to suit the pass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFagor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eACC-180\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eACC-180\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot Pass-Through Holding Counter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 °C – 90 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForced-air (shielded stainless steel resistors)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding doors on both sides (pass-through)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-wall CFC-free polyurethane, 40 kg\/m³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 × 700 × 850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e142 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ACC-180 suits hotels, function centres, canteens, hospitals and busy restaurant passes that need to hold plated meals or gastronorm pans hot between production and service. As a two-sided pass-through counter, it is built to sit between the kitchen and the servery so staff load from one side and plate from the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/hot-bain-marie\"\u003ehot holding \u0026amp; bain marie equipment\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/fagor\"\u003eFagor range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ACC-180 arrives on adjustable stainless steel legs, ready to position between the kitchen and the pass; it connects to an electrical supply for the forced-air heating. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It carries a 2-year parts \u0026amp; labour warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the ACC-180 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is a hot pass-through holding counter that keeps plated and gastronorm food at serving temperature between the kitchen and the servery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature does the ACC-180 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Its thermostat is adjustable from 30 °C to 90 °C, using forced-air heating for even holding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why is the ACC-180 called a pass-through?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It has sliding doors on both sides, so food is loaded from the kitchen side and served from the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the ACC-180?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1800 × 700 × 850 mm (W×D×H) and weighs 142 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the ACC-180 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by a 2-year parts \u0026amp; labour warranty as a genuine Fagor unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the ACC-180 used for?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a hot pass-through holding counter that keeps plated and gastronorm food at serving temperature between the kitchen and the servery.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature does the ACC-180 hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Its thermostat is adjustable from 30 °C to 90 °C, using forced-air heating for even holding.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why is the ACC-180 called a pass-through?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It has sliding doors on both sides, so food is loaded from the kitchen side and served from the front.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the ACC-180?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 1800 × 700 × 850 mm (W×D×H) and weighs 142 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the ACC-180 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by a 2-year parts \u0026 labour warranty as a genuine Fagor unit.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Fagor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539833782573,"sku":"ACC-180","price":8992.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/hot-counter-pass-through-model-acc-180-7343648.png?v=1776003126"},{"product_id":"jd-uc340-cb","title":"Modular Systems Cuttery Bin To Suit Trolley JD-UC340-CB","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJD-UC340-CB Cuttery bin to suit trolley\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e12 Months Parts only Warranty\u003c\/p\u003ePower: \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"F.E.D","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539837649197,"sku":"JD-UC340-CB","price":28.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-cuttery-bin-to-suit-trolley-jd-uc340-cb-8290404.jpg?v=1776341382"},{"product_id":"electmax-700-series-induction-4burner-cooker-with-splashback-eic7800p","title":"ElectMAX 700 Series Induction 4-Burner Cooker with Splashback EIC7-800P","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax EIC7-800P is a four-burner commercial induction cooker with a stainless steel body and stand, built for restaurants, hotels, pubs and high-volume commercial kitchens that need serious flame-free output across a full cooking line. Each of its four induction zones draws 5 kW for 20 kW of total power (hard-wired 415V three-phase), heats a ceramic glass cooktop across a 60°C to 240°C range, and stands 980mm high with storage below and a rear splashback guard (800 × 700 × 980 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the EIC7-800P\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour 5 kW induction zones\u003c\/strong\u003e — 20 kW of flame-free power to run four pans at full noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeramic glass cooktop\u003c\/strong\u003e — heats the pan, not the kitchen, and wipes clean in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60°C–240°C control\u003c\/strong\u003e — touch control with knob adjustment for precise, repeatable heat on every zone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade build that resists corrosion through hard service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0–180 min timers\u003c\/strong\u003e — timed cooking so a busy line can multitask across zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder-cooktop storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — room for pans and trays below; optional cabinet door available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric overheat protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — guards the unit during long, busy shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear splashback guard\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps the wall behind the cooking line clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC7-800P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC7-800P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC7-800P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction cooker on stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction zones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower per zone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415V three-phase (3~N), hard-wired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60°C – 240°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 180 min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 × 700 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 × 800 × 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour + 1 year parts only (register within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC7-800P suits restaurants, hotels, pubs and high-volume commercial kitchens that need four induction zones on one unit — a strong fit for main cooking lines replacing four-burner gas ranges with cooler, faster induction. It arrives on its own stand at a comfortable 980mm working height, ready to sit in the middle of a busy line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/induction-cooking\"\u003einduction cooking\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/electmax\"\u003eElectmax\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC7-800P is hard-wired — no plug is supplied — and must be connected to a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply by a licensed electrician; its 20 kW load needs correctly rated wiring. Allow clearance at the rear for the splashback and around the stand for airflow; it ships packed at 900 × 800 × 1000 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many cooking zones does the EIC7-800P have?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EIC7-800P has four induction zones, each rated at 5 kW for 20 kW of total power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the EIC7-800P powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it to correctly rated wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus 0–180 minute timers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the EIC7-800P?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 800 × 700 × 980 mm (W×D×H) and ships packed at 900 × 800 × 1000 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the EIC7-800P come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the EIC7-800P ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many cooking zones does the EIC7-800P have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EIC7-800P has four induction zones, each rated at 5\u0026nbsp;kW for 20\u0026nbsp;kW of total power.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the EIC7-800P powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it to correctly rated wiring.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does it cover?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus 0–180 minute timers.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the EIC7-800P?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 800 × 700 × 980\u0026nbsp;mm (W×D×H) and ships packed at 900 × 800 × 1000\u0026nbsp;mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the EIC7-800P come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the EIC7-800P ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539847414061,"sku":"EIC7-800P","price":4836.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/electmax-700-series-induction-4-burner-cooker-with-splashback-eic7-800p-7158431.png?v=1776341324"},{"product_id":"electmax-700-series-induction-6burner-cooker-with-splashback-eic71200p","title":"ElectMAX 700 Series Induction 6-Burner Cooker with Splashback EIC7-1200P","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax EIC7-1200P is a six-burner commercial induction cooker with a stainless steel body and stand, built for large restaurants, hotels, function kitchens and high-throughput sites that need a full induction cooking line on one unit. Each of its six induction zones draws 5 kW for 30 kW of total power (hard-wired 415V three-phase), heats a ceramic glass cooktop across a 60°C to 240°C range, and stands 980mm high with storage below and a rear splashback guard (1200 × 700 × 980 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the EIC7-1200P\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix 5 kW induction zones\u003c\/strong\u003e — 30 kW of flame-free power to run six pans across a full line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeramic glass cooktop\u003c\/strong\u003e — heats the pan, not the kitchen, and wipes clean in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60°C–240°C control\u003c\/strong\u003e — touch control with knob adjustment for precise, repeatable heat on every zone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade build that resists corrosion through hard service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0–180 min timers\u003c\/strong\u003e — timed cooking across all six zones for a high-volume pass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder-cooktop storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1200mm-wide base for pans and trays; optional cabinet door available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric overheat protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — guards the unit during long, busy shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear splashback guard\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps the wall behind the cooking line clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC7-1200P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC7-1200P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC7-1200P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction cooker on stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction zones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower per zone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415V three-phase (3~N), hard-wired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60°C – 240°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 180 min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 × 700 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1300 × 800 × 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour + 1 year parts only (register within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC7-1200P suits large restaurants, hotels, function centres and high-throughput commercial kitchens that need six induction zones on a single unit — a full-width main line replacing six-burner gas ranges with cooler, faster induction. It arrives on its own stand at a comfortable 980mm working height, ready to anchor a busy cooking line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/induction-cooking\"\u003einduction cooking\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/electmax\"\u003eElectmax\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC7-1200P is hard-wired — no plug is supplied — and must be connected to a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply by a licensed electrician; its 30 kW load needs correctly rated wiring. Allow clearance at the rear for the splashback and around the stand for airflow; it ships packed at 1300 × 800 × 1000 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many cooking zones does the EIC7-1200P have?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EIC7-1200P has six induction zones, each rated at 5 kW for 30 kW of total power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the EIC7-1200P powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it to correctly rated wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus 0–180 minute timers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the EIC7-1200P?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1200 × 700 × 980 mm (W×D×H) and ships packed at 1300 × 800 × 1000 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the EIC7-1200P come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the EIC7-1200P ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many cooking zones does the EIC7-1200P have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EIC7-1200P has six induction zones, each rated at 5\u0026nbsp;kW for 30\u0026nbsp;kW of total power.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the EIC7-1200P powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it to correctly rated wiring.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does it cover?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus 0–180 minute timers.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the EIC7-1200P?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 1200 × 700 × 980\u0026nbsp;mm (W×D×H) and ships packed at 1300 × 800 × 1000\u0026nbsp;mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the EIC7-1200P come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the EIC7-1200P ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539847512365,"sku":"EIC7-1200P","price":6706.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/electmax-700-series-induction-6-burner-cooker-with-splashback-eic7-1200p-2394291.jpg?v=1776341257"},{"product_id":"electmax-700-series-induction-2burner-cooker-with-splashback-eic7400p","title":"ElectMAX 700 Series Induction 2-Burner Cooker with Splashback EIC7-400P","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax EIC7-400P is a two-burner commercial induction cooker with a stainless steel body and stand, built for cafes, takeaways, restaurants and commercial kitchens that need fast, flame-free cooking on a compact footprint. Each of its two induction zones draws 5 kW for 10 kW of total power (hard-wired 415V three-phase), heats a ceramic glass cooktop across a 60°C to 240°C range, and stands 980mm high with storage below and a rear splashback guard (400 × 700 × 980 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the EIC7-400P\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo 5 kW induction zones\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 kW of flame-free power for fast boil and instant response.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeramic glass cooktop\u003c\/strong\u003e — heats the pan, not the kitchen, and wipes clean in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60°C–240°C control\u003c\/strong\u003e — touch control with knob adjustment for precise, repeatable heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade build that resists corrosion through hard service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0–180 min timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — timed cooking so the line can work other stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder-cooktop storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — room for pans and trays below; optional cabinet door available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric overheat protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — guards the unit during long, busy shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear splashback guard\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps the wall behind the cooking line clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC7-400P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC7-400P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC7-400P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction cooker on stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction zones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower per zone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415V three-phase (3~N), hard-wired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60°C – 240°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 180 min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 700 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 800 × 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour + 1 year parts only (register within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC7-400P suits cafes, takeaways, restaurants and commercial kitchens that want two induction zones in a narrow 400mm footprint — ideal for à la carte lines, sauce stations and sites moving from gas to electric induction cooking. It arrives on its own stand at a comfortable 980mm working height, so it drops straight into a cooking line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/induction-cooking\"\u003einduction cooking\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/electmax\"\u003eElectmax\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC7-400P is hard-wired — no plug is supplied — and must be connected to a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply by a licensed electrician. Allow clearance at the rear for the splashback and around the stand for airflow; it ships packed at 500 × 800 × 1000 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many cooking zones does the EIC7-400P have?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EIC7-400P has two induction zones, each rated at 5 kW for 10 kW of total power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the EIC7-400P powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus a 0–180 minute timer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the EIC7-400P?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 400 × 700 × 980 mm (W×D×H) and ships packed at 500 × 800 × 1000 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the EIC7-400P come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the EIC7-400P ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many cooking zones does the EIC7-400P have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EIC7-400P has two induction zones, each rated at 5\u0026nbsp;kW for 10\u0026nbsp;kW of total power.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the EIC7-400P powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does it cover?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus a 0–180 minute timer.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the EIC7-400P?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 400 × 700 × 980\u0026nbsp;mm (W×D×H) and ships packed at 500 × 800 × 1000\u0026nbsp;mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the EIC7-400P come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the EIC7-400P ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539847577901,"sku":"EIC7-400P","price":2796.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/electmax-700-series-induction-2-burner-cooker-with-splashback-eic7-400p-1684394.png?v=1776341253"},{"product_id":"bonvue-stainless-steel-double-cabinet-plate-warmer-120-plates-pwde","title":"Bonvue Stainless Steel Double Cabinet Plate Warmer 120 Plates PW-DE","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bonvue PW-DE is a double stainless steel plate warmer that holds up to 120 plates hot and service-ready, built for restaurants, cafes, function venues and canteens. It keeps crockery at up to 80°C in a 750mm-wide external cabinet, so hot food is always plated onto warm plates. Stainless steel construction and adjustable internal shelving stand up to heavy daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PW-DE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — withstands the knocks and daily cleaning of a busy pass or servery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 80°C holding temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps plates warm so hot food is plated onto warm crockery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120-plate capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds enough warm plates for medium to large service without constant refilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble cabinet layout\u003c\/strong\u003e — organises warm plates for quick access at the pass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable internal shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e — reconfigures with optional shelves and clips to suit plate sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240V 10A operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — plugs into a standard outlet with no special supply or plumbing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePW-DE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate warmer (holding cabinet)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V; 750W; 10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 × 485 × 850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e710 × 400 × 660 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790 × 510 × 900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 80°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PW-DE suits restaurants, cafes, function venues and canteens running medium to large covers that need warm plates ready at the pass. Its 120-plate capacity and up-to-80°C holding keep crockery service-ready. It is designed to warm crockery only, not to hold or warm food. Compare it with the rest of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/holding-cabinets\"\u003eholding cabinets\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PW-DE runs on a standard 240V 10A single-phase outlet (750W) and needs no plumbing — position it near the pass and switch on. Optional shelves and clips let you reconfigure the internal layout. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Commercial finance is available through SilverChef. For full warranty terms see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many plates does the Bonvue PW-DE hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds up to 120 plates warm and ready for service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature does the PW-DE reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds crockery at up to 80°C so plates are warm at the pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the PW-DE?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt measures 750 × 485 × 850mm externally, with an internal space of 710 × 400 × 660mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat power supply does the PW-DE need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA standard 240V single-phase 10A outlet; it draws 750W and needs no plumbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty comes with the PW-DE?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt comes with a 12-month parts and labour warranty; see our warranty information page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539871170861,"sku":"PW-DE","price":1104.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-stainless-steel-double-cabinet-plate-warmer-120-plates-pw-de-1571449.jpg?v=1776428827"},{"product_id":"bonvue-stainless-steel-single-cabinet-plate-warmer-60-plates-pwse","title":"Bonvue Stainless Steel Single Cabinet Plate Warmer 60 Plates PW-SE","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBonvue PW-SE\u003c\/strong\u003e is a single-cabinet plate warmer holding \u003cstrong\u003eup to 60 plates\u003c\/strong\u003e at up to \u003cstrong\u003e80 °C\u003c\/strong\u003e, so hot food is always plated onto warm crockery. At 450 mm wide it fits a service corridor in restaurants, cafes, function venues and canteens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PW-SE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds up to 60 plates\u003c\/strong\u003e — a full service of warm crockery, ready at the pass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 80 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e — plates warm enough to hold food temperature on the way to the table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e450 mm wide cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e — a narrow footprint that fits a service corridor rather than needing a bay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable internal shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e — re-space for different plate sizes rather than a fixed rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — wipes down and stands up to heavy daily use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240 V, 10 A operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — a standard single-phase outlet, no dedicated circuit required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePW-SE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePW-SE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle cabinet plate warmer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 60 plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 80 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable, internal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 x 485 x 850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 750 W, 10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlate warmers are a service-quality item rather than a cooking one: food plated onto cold crockery loses temperature before it reaches the table. That makes the PW-SE relevant to restaurants running table service, function and banquet venues, hotels and canteens — anywhere plates leave the pass in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/holding-cabinets\"\u003ewarming and holding cabinets\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a self-contained plug-in unit — no plumbing and no hard-wiring. Position it within reach of the pass so warm plates are where they are needed, leave clearance for airflow, and allow the cabinet time to come up to temperature before service. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 1-year parts and labour warranty — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many plates does the Bonvue PW-SE hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Up to 60.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How hot does it get?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Up to 80 degrees C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why use a plate warmer?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Food plated onto cold crockery starts losing temperature immediately. Warm plates hold serving temperature on the way to the table, which is a service-quality difference customers notice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the shelving adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes, so the cabinet can be re-spaced for different plate sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 450 mm wide x 485 mm deep x 850 mm high and weighs 32 kg net.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: One year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many plates does the Bonvue PW-SE hold?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Up to 60.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How hot does it get?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Up to 80 degrees C.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Why use a plate warmer?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Food plated onto cold crockery starts losing temperature immediately. Warm plates hold serving temperature on the way to the table, which is a service-quality difference customers notice.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is the shelving adjustable?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, so the cabinet can be re-spaced for different plate sizes.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It measures 450 mm wide x 485 mm deep x 850 mm high and weighs 32 kg net.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"One year parts and labour.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539871662381,"sku":"PW-SE","price":679.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-stainless-steel-single-cabinet-plate-warmer-60-plates-pw-se-7791798.jpg?v=1776428772"},{"product_id":"benchstar-stainless-steel-induction-wok-w-led-display-iw350","title":"Benchstar IW350 Stainless Steel Induction Wok with LED Display 3.5kW","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar IW350 is a commercial 3.5 kW induction wok for Asian, fusion and high-output kitchens that need fast, controllable wok heat without gas. A \u003cstrong\u003e260 mm wok ring\u003c\/strong\u003e, touch-control LED display, \u003cstrong\u003e10 power levels from 500 to 3,500 W\u003c\/strong\u003e, a 60-240C temperature range and a 0-180 minute timer make it a precise alternative to a gas wok burner, with electronic overheat protection built in. It runs on a \u003cstrong\u003e15 A\u003c\/strong\u003e single-phase supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the IW350\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.5 kW induction with instant on\/off response\u003c\/strong\u003e — wok-burner-class output that stops the moment you turn it down, which gas cannot do\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 power levels from 500 to 3,500 W\u003c\/strong\u003e — fine control from a gentle simmer to flat-out stir-fry, set by number rather than by eye\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e260 mm wok ring\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for standard commercial round-bottom carbon steel woks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature range 60-240C\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers warming, sauteing, deep-frying and searing from one unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0-180 minute LED timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — set-and-forget sauces, stocks and braises rather than watching the clock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo gas connection required\u003c\/strong\u003e — no gasfitter, no flue considerations for the appliance itself, and no open flame in a tight fit-out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectronic overheat protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — built-in safety on a high-output appliance run hard all service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body at 6 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial durability in a unit one person can reposition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchstar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIW350\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIW350\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCommercial Induction Wok\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutput\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10, from 500 to 3,500 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWok ring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60–240 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–180 minutes, LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch control, LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectronic overheat protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 3.5 kW, 15 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340 x 430 x 135 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e335 x 425 x 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months, return to base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe IW350 suits Asian and fusion restaurants, food courts, hotels and caterers wanting wok output where a gas connection is impractical or unavailable — and front-of-house or demo settings where an open flame is not an option. Confirm a 15 A supply and check your wok against the 260 mm ring before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/induction-cooking\"\u003einduction and infrared cooking equipment\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/benchstar\"\u003eBenchstar\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt draws its power through a \u003cstrong\u003e15 A\u003c\/strong\u003e outlet, not a standard 10 A one. The 15 A plug has a larger earth pin and will not fit a normal socket, so confirm a 15 A circuit is available at the install position or budget for an electrician to add one. It is a benchtop unit with no gas connection and no plumbing. Allow 340 x 430 mm of bench with clearance around it for ventilation, and confirm your wok seats correctly on the 260 mm ring before service. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 12-month \u003cstrong\u003ereturn-to-base\u003c\/strong\u003e warranty — the unit is returned for service rather than attended on site. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the IW350 run from a normal power point?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. At 3.5kW it needs a 15A outlet. A 15A plug has a larger earth pin and will not fit a standard 10A socket, so confirm a 15A circuit is available or budget for an electrician to add one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size wok does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The ring is 260mm and Benchstar specifies it for standard commercial round-bottom carbon steel woks. Measure your wok against that figure before ordering, and contact our team if you are matching a specific accessory wok — some of our wok accessories record a different ring size, so it is worth confirming the pairing rather than assuming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How controllable is it compared with a gas burner?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Ten power levels from 500 to 3,500W, set by number, and the heat stops the instant you turn it down. Gas gives you feel; induction gives you repeatability and instant response.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it need a gas connection or a flue?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No gas connection is required for the appliance. Extraction requirements for your kitchen are a matter for your local regulations and fit-out, but there is no open flame from this unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the timer do?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs from 0 to 180 minutes on an LED display, which suits sauces, stocks and braises that need a set duration rather than supervision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Twelve months, return to base. The unit is returned for service rather than a technician attending on site — reasonable on a benchtop appliance you can transport, but worth factoring into downtime planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will the IW350 run from a normal power point?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. At 3.5kW it needs a 15A outlet. A 15A plug has a larger earth pin and will not fit a standard 10A socket, so confirm a 15A circuit is available or budget for an electrician to add one.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What size wok does it take?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The ring is 260mm and Benchstar specifies it for standard commercial round-bottom carbon steel woks. Measure your wok against that figure before ordering, and contact our team if you are matching a specific accessory wok — some of our wok accessories record a different ring size, so it is worth confirming the pairing rather than assuming.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How controllable is it compared with a gas burner?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Ten power levels from 500 to 3,500W, set by number, and the heat stops the instant you turn it down. Gas gives you feel; induction gives you repeatability and instant response.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does it need a gas connection or a flue?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No gas connection is required for the appliance. Extraction requirements for your kitchen are a matter for your local regulations and fit-out, but there is no open flame from this unit.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What does the timer do?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It runs from 0 to 180 minutes on an LED display, which suits sauces, stocks and braises that need a set duration rather than supervision.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Twelve months, return to base. The unit is returned for service rather than a technician attending on site — reasonable on a benchtop appliance you can transport, but worth factoring into downtime planning.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539880771885,"sku":"IW350","price":459.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/benchstar-stainless-steel-induction-wok-w-led-display-iw350-6127404.jpg?v=1776428649"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-utility-trolley-only-jduc3401","title":"Modular Systems JD-UC340-1 3-Shelf Polypropylene Utility Trolley","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems JD-UC340-1 is a lightweight three-shelf polypropylene utility trolley that moves stock, tools, dishes and equipment around a busy kitchen on swivel castors. With a 100kg total load capacity across three moulded shelves and a 1280 x 500 x 960mm footprint, it keeps prep, service and cleaning areas clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the JD-UC340-1\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree polypropylene shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — moulded shelves with storage baskets group and move multiple items in one trip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight and easy to push\u003c\/strong\u003e — aluminium uprights with recessed moulded handles for a secure grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwivel castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — manoeuvre tight aisles and corners without lifting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100kg total load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — carries a full set of stock, crockery or equipment across the set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJD-UC340-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUtility Trolley (trolley only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolypropylene shelves, aluminium uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 kg (total, whole set)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwivel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1280 x 500 x 960 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 x 530 x 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 Months Parts Only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe JD-UC340-1 suits larger commercial kitchens, cafes, function venues and catering operations that need to group and shift multiple items in a single trip. A bin and cutlery bin are available as optional extras.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/stands-accessories\"\u003ecommercial stands \u0026amp; accessories\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied ready to use, with no power or plumbing connection required. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is covered by a 12-month parts-only warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many shelves does the JD-UC340-1 have?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is a three-shelf utility trolley, giving three open tiers with storage baskets for stock, tools, dishes or equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much weight can the JD-UC340-1 carry?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The total load capacity for the whole set is 100 kg, spread across the three shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the shelves made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The shelves are moulded polypropylene on aluminium uprights, so the trolley is light to push and easy to clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the JD-UC340-1 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by a 12-month parts-only warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the JD-UC340-1 ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many shelves does the JD-UC340-1 have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a three-shelf utility trolley, giving three open tiers with storage baskets for stock, tools, dishes or equipment.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How much weight can the JD-UC340-1 carry?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The total load capacity for the whole set is 100 kg, spread across the three shelves.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the shelves made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The shelves are moulded polypropylene on aluminium uprights, so the trolley is light to push and easy to clean.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the JD-UC340-1 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by a 12-month parts-only warranty.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the JD-UC340-1 ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539883000109,"sku":"JD-UC340-1","price":204.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-utility-trolley-only-jd-uc340-1-3139491.jpg?v=1776002529"},{"product_id":"benchstar-single-tank-induction-fryer-if3500s","title":"Benchstar Single Tank Induction Fryer IF3500S","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar IF3500S is an 8-litre single-tank induction fryer built for food trucks, small commercial kitchens, pop-up catering, and any site where bench space and clean cook-time matter more than bulk output. Induction transfers heat directly to the oil rather than the surrounding air, so the unit reaches temperature quickly and recovers fast between basket drops, with up to 90% energy efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose-the-if3500s\"\u003eWhy operators choose the IF3500S\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 L oil capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough for continuous service at a café, snack bar, or small pub kitchen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInduction heat, fast recovery\u003c\/strong\u003e — back to temperature quickly after each basket drop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital touch control, 60–190 °C\u003c\/strong\u003e — precise for different oils and food types\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED timer 0–120 min\u003c\/strong\u003e — set-and-forget cooking for repeatable results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body with removable oil tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — wash-down friendly at end of shift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes basket, stainless steel oil filter and lid\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to run on delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 288 × 478 mm footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits where larger floor fryers won’t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchstar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIF3500S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60–190 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–120 minutes, LED display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital touch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeating method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnergy efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 90%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWattage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmperage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 A (requires a 15 A outlet)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e288 × 478 × 410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e248–228 × 300–287.7 × 202 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBasket dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 × 230 × 145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e565 × 350 × 480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBasket, stainless steel oil filter, lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months, return-to-base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to food trucks, small cafés, snack bars, catering vans, and pop-up kitchens. Ideal as a secondary fryer in a larger kitchen — a chips-only, gluten-free, or dessert line. For high-volume venues running continuous fryer service, step up to a dual-tank floor fryer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-notes\"\u003eInstallation notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe IF3500S draws 15 A on a 240 V single-phase circuit, so it \u003cstrong\u003ewill not run on a standard 10 A wall socket\u003c\/strong\u003e. A 15 A outlet (or a qualified electrician to install one) is required. Food trucks should confirm the mobile power source supports a 15 A continuous draw before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the IF3500S plug into a standard Australian wall socket?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It draws 15 A on 240 V single-phase, so it needs a dedicated 15 A outlet, not a standard 10 A household socket. An electrician can install a 15 A outlet, and most commercial kitchens already have them. Food trucks should confirm the generator or mobile power supply supports a 15 A continuous draw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much oil does the tank hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tank holds 8 litres. Running oil level depends on what you are frying — chips typically want the tank filled to about 80% capacity to prevent boil-over.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is induction different from a conventional fryer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInduction heats the oil directly through the tank base rather than heating an element and transferring that heat to the oil. The result is faster preheat, faster recovery after basket drops, and up to 90% energy efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the fryer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach unit ships with a frying basket, a stainless steel oil filter, and a lid, so it is ready to run on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe IF3500S is covered by a 12-month return-to-base warranty — the unit is sent back to the service point for warranty repair rather than serviced on-site, which is industry standard for benchtop equipment. Full terms are on our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"related\"\u003eRelated\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-benchtop-deep-fryers\"\u003eBrowse all commercial benchtop deep fryers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/benchstar\"\u003eSee the full Benchstar range\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539901481261,"sku":"IF3500S","price":620.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/benchstar-single-tank-induction-fryer-if3500s-4181902.png?v=1776428349"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-stainless-steel-trolley-yc103","title":"Modular Systems YC-103 Stainless Steel 3-Shelf Trolley 150kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems YC-103 is a three-shelf stainless steel trolley built for commercial kitchens, bakeries, and back-of-house service areas that need durable, budget-friendly mobile storage. Rated to 150 kg across three lipped shelves and rolling on four castors (two braked), it handles bussing, prep-to-line transfers, and general back-of-house logistics with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree shelves with standard lip\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps pans and prep bowls from sliding in transit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg total load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — carries loaded pans, mixed crockery, or back-of-house stock moves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSUS430 stainless steel shelves, hairline finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — corrosion-resistant and easy to wipe down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSUS201 25 mm² tube frame, BA finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — sturdy commercial-grade structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour castors, two with brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e — roll into position, then lock when stationary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-packed\u003c\/strong\u003e — ships flat to keep freight low; assembly manual and tools included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYC-103\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-shelf stainless steel trolley with lipped edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSUS430 stainless steel, hairline finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSUS201 25 mm² stainless tube, BA finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg total\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 (2 with brake)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e855 × 535 × 940 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 × 550 × 175 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat-packed; manual + tools included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Years Parts Only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to cafés, restaurants, bakeries, catering companies, and institutional kitchens (schools, aged care, hospitals). The three lipped shelves work equally well for moving crockery to the dishwash area, transferring prep between stations, or holding stock on the floor during a clean-down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly \u0026amp; support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDelivered flat-packed to keep freight costs down; the instruction manual and required tools ship with the unit. Typical assembly is 20–30 minutes for one person. Warranty is 2 years parts only — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full terms. Fit-out finance is available through SilverChef.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/catering-trolleys\"\u003eBrowse all catering trolleys\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eSee the full Modular Systems range\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum load?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e150 kg total across the three shelves — comfortably enough for a full load of plated meals, mixed crockery, or a back-of-house stock move.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it assembled on arrival?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — it ships flat-packed to keep freight costs down. The instruction manual and required tools are included, and typical assembly is 20–30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat grade of stainless steel is used?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shelves are SUS430 stainless steel with a hairline finish and the frame is SUS201 25 mm² tube with a BA finish. This is not 304 food-contact grade — confirm with our team if 304 is required for your application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit through a standard doorway?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — at 855 × 535 mm it clears most commercial kitchen doorways and service corridors. Overall height is 940 mm including castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it carry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 years parts only. Structural items (frame, shelves, castors) are covered; consumables and wear items are not. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539902660909,"sku":"YC-103","price":280.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-stainless-steel-trolley-yc-103-8213976.jpg?v=1776428347"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-stainless-steel-trolley-with-2-shelves-yc102d","title":"Modular Systems Stainless Steel Trolley With 2 Shelves YC-102D","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems YC-102D is a two-tier stainless steel service trolley built to move stock, prep and service items around commercial kitchens, cafes, hotels and catering venues. With deep SUS430 shelves, a rigid tube frame and a 150 kg load rating, it is a dependable workhorse for everyday transport and mobile storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the YC-102D\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-tier deep shelf design\u003c\/strong\u003e — extra depth per shelf for bulkier loads and more capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — handles heavy transport tasks across a busy venue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSUS430 stainless shelves, hairline finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — corrosion-resistant, hygienic and easy to wipe down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25mm² SUS201 tube frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — a strong, rigid structure for daily rough use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 castors (2 with brake)\u003c\/strong\u003e — moves easily and locks securely in place when parked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-packed assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e — ships compact with instruction manual and tools included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYC-102D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel Service Trolley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e855 × 535 × 940 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 × 960 × 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 (deep shelf), SUS430 hairline finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm² SUS201 tube, BA finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 (2 braked)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months (2 Years Parts Only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA versatile fit for restaurants, cafes, hotels, function venues and catering operations that need to shift stock, crockery or prep between areas. The braked castors make it safe to load and unload on the move, and the compact footprint suits tight service corridors. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/catering-trolleys\"\u003ecatering trolleys\u003c\/a\u003e range, or see everything from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eDelivery \u0026amp; finance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe YC-102D is flat-packed for delivery and assembles into a rigid two-tier trolley with four castors, two of which are braked. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Commercial finance is available through SilverChef. Warranty terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the YC-102D carry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is rated to a 150 kg load capacity spread across its two deep shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the shelves and frame made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shelves are SUS430 stainless steel with a hairline finish, mounted on a 25mm² SUS201 tube frame with a BA finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the trolley have brakes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It runs on four castors, two of which are braked so it can be locked securely in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the trolley's dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt measures 855 (W) × 535 (D) × 940 (H) mm and ships flat-packed at 510 × 960 × 180 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does the YC-102D include?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt comes with a 24-month (2 years) parts-only warranty. Full terms are on our warranty information page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539913670957,"sku":"YC-102D","price":348.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-stainless-steel-trolley-with-2-shelves-yc-102d-5281515.jpg?v=1776428168"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-stainless-steel-trolley-yc102","title":"Modular Systems YC-102 Stainless Steel Trolley 2-Shelf","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems YC-102 is a two-shelf stainless steel trolley built to move stock, prep and service items around busy commercial kitchens, cafes and function floors. With a 150 kg load capacity, hairline-finish shelves and four castors (two braked), it gives caterers and hospitality venues a durable, easy-to-manoeuvre transport cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy operators choose the YC-102\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo shelves with standard lip\u003c\/strong\u003e — keep items contained and separate loads on the move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — carries heavy stock, crockery and prep between stations in one trip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSUS430 hairline-finish shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — resist corrosion and hide scuffs for a clean look in service areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSUS201 tubular frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — strong, lightweight structure that is easy to push\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 swivel castors, 2 braked\u003c\/strong\u003e — full manoeuvrability with a locked, stationary hold when needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-pack with tools and manual\u003c\/strong\u003e — ships compact and assembles on site to lower freight cost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYC-102\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel trolley (2 shelf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e855 × 535 × 940 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 × 550 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 (standard lip)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSUS430 hairline shelves \/ SUS201 tubular frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 swivel (2 braked)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months (parts only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for cafes, restaurants, hotels, caterers and commercial kitchens that need to shift stock, crockery or prep between the kitchen, store and service floor. The braked castors make it safe to park and load in high-traffic areas. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/catering-trolleys\"\u003ecatering trolleys\u003c\/a\u003e range, or see everything from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFinance \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDelivered flat-packed with the tools and manual needed for quick on-site assembly. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Commercial finance is available through SilverChef. Warranty terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the YC-102 carry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a 150 kg total load capacity spread across its two shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo shelves, each with a standard lip to keep items contained during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the castors lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it runs on four swivel castors, two of which are braked for a secure park.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the trolley dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e855 mm wide, 535 mm deep and 940 mm high overall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUS430 hairline-finish shelves on a SUS201 tubular stainless steel frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539913998637,"sku":"YC-102","price":229.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-stainless-steel-trolley-yc-102-2216924.jpg?v=1776428168"},{"product_id":"bh3500s","title":"Benchstar Commercial Schott Ceran Glass Hob Induction Plate BH3500S","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar BH3500S is a 3.5 kW commercial induction plate for kitchens that need a portable high-output cooking zone — catering stations, buffet reheats, food-truck prep, display cooking, and single-zone additions to existing lines. The German Schott Ceran glass hob pairs with a stainless steel body and button-and-LED control to give chefs precise heat between 60 °C and 240 °C on a unit that fits in a 327 mm footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose-the-bh3500s\"\u003eWhy operators choose the BH3500S\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSchott Ceran glass hob\u003c\/strong\u003e — German-made ceramic glass built for commercial thermal cycling; smooth to wipe down between services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.5 kW output across 10 power levels\u003c\/strong\u003e — 500 W to 3,500 W in 10 steps, suits everything from gentle sauces to full sear heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 temperature settings: 60 °C – 240 °C\u003c\/strong\u003e — temperature mode holds a setpoint instead of tracking power (useful for holding sauces or confit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTimer 0–180 minutes\u003c\/strong\u003e — LED countdown with audible finish alert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide pan compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e — steel, cast iron, enamelled iron, or flat-bottom stainless from 12 cm to 26 cm diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade enclosure, easy to wipe, spill channel around the hob edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchstar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ SKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBH3500S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-zone commercial induction plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHob\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGerman Schott Ceran ceramic glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower input\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V single-phase, 3.5 kW, 15 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug requirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 A outlet (not standard 10 A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 steps (500 W – 3,500 W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 steps (60 °C – 240 °C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–180 minutes, LED display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eButton + LED display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible cookware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel \/ cast iron \/ enamelled iron \/ flat-bottom stainless\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan diameter range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 cm – 26 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e327 × 420 × 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 500 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months (see FAQ for terms)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to catering companies running portable stations, buffet and banquet operators needing a high-output reheat or finishing zone, food trucks with 15 A power, restaurants adding a flex cooking point without committing to a full range install, and display-cooking stations where a visible, safe-touch hob matters. The 327 × 420 mm footprint leaves plenty of bench around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation--delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BH3500S needs a \u003cstrong\u003e15 A single-phase outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e — not a standard 10 A wall socket. Many commercial kitchens already have 15 A power; for catering or food-truck use, confirm with your electrician before purchase. Unit is parcel-delivered to most Australian metro and regional addresses; no hardwired install required — plug, position, cook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the BH3500S run on standard Australian power?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No — it needs a 15 A single-phase outlet, not a standard 10 A wall socket. Total draw is 3.5 kW. Most commercial kitchens already have 15 A power; for catering, food-truck, or pop-up use, confirm with a licensed electrician before purchase. Plugging a 15 A unit into a 10 A socket is both non-compliant and will trip the circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What types of pans work on this induction plate?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Steel, cast iron, enamelled iron, and flat-bottom stainless steel pans work — any cookware that a magnet sticks to. Aluminium, copper, glass, and ceramic cookware will not heat on induction. Recommended pan diameter is 12 cm to 26 cm; pans smaller than 12 cm may not register, and pans larger than 26 cm lose efficiency at the rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's the difference between the 10 power levels and the 10 temperature levels?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Power mode (500 W – 3,500 W in 10 steps) controls raw heat output — best for searing, stir-fry, and fast boil. Temperature mode (60 °C – 240 °C in 10 steps) holds a target temperature — best for sauces, confit, tempering chocolate, or holding stock without scorching. Use power for active cooking, temperature for hold and finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this for a food truck or catering event?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — the BH3500S is designed as a portable commercial cooking zone. Footprint is 327 × 420 × 100 mm, weight is manageable for one person to move, and it plugs into any 15 A outlet. Bring your own 15 A extension lead if needed. For multi-hour high-output service, pair with adequate ventilation and make sure your generator or site power can sustain 3.5 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's covered under the warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 12-month manufacturer warranty from delivery date. Warranty covers manufacturing defects in the hob, controls, and internal components — contact us on 1300 000 927 to lodge a warranty claim. Accidental damage (cracked glass from dropped pans) is not covered. Keep the original packing in case return shipping is needed for a warranty repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it quieter than a gas burner?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — induction makes only a faint fan sound from the internal cooling fan and occasionally a soft cookware hum depending on pan construction. No flame roar, no gas. For open kitchens, display cooking, and front-of-house demos this is a real advantage over gas or infrared.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"related\"\u003eRelated\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/benchstar\"\u003eBrowse the full Benchstar range\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/blogs\/buying-guides\/what-is-the-difference-between-commercial-and-domestic-kitchen-equipment\"\u003eCommercial vs domestic kitchen equipment — buyer's guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the BH3500S run on standard Australian power?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No — it needs a 15 A single-phase outlet, not a standard 10 A wall socket. Total draw is 3.5 kW. Most commercial kitchens already have 15 A power; for catering, food-truck, or pop-up use, confirm with a licensed electrician before purchase. Plugging a 15 A unit into a 10 A socket is both non-compliant and will trip the circuit.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What types of pans work on this induction plate?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Steel, cast iron, enamelled iron, and flat-bottom stainless steel pans work — any cookware that a magnet sticks to. Aluminium, copper, glass, and ceramic cookware will not heat on induction. Recommended pan diameter is 12 cm to 26 cm; pans smaller than 12 cm may not register, and pans larger than 26 cm lose efficiency at the rim.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between the 10 power levels and the 10 temperature levels?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Power mode (500 W – 3,500 W in 10 steps) controls raw heat output — best for searing, stir-fry, and fast boil. Temperature mode (60 °C – 240 °C in 10 steps) holds a target temperature — best for sauces, confit, tempering chocolate, or holding stock without scorching. Use power for active cooking, temperature for hold and finish.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I use this for a food truck or catering event?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes — the BH3500S is designed as a portable commercial cooking zone. Footprint is 327 × 420 × 100 mm, weight is manageable for one person to move, and it plugs into any 15 A outlet. Bring your own 15 A extension lead if needed. For multi-hour high-output service, pair with adequate ventilation and make sure your generator or site power can sustain 3.5 kW.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is covered under the warranty?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"12-month manufacturer warranty from delivery date. Warranty covers manufacturing defects in the hob, controls, and internal components — contact us on 1300 000 927 to lodge a warranty claim. Accidental damage (cracked glass from dropped pans) is not covered. Keep the original packing in case return shipping is needed for a warranty repair.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it quieter than a gas burner?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes — induction makes only a faint fan sound from the internal cooling fan and occasionally a soft cookware hum depending on pan construction. No flame roar, no gas. For open kitchens, display cooking, and front-of-house demos this is a real advantage over gas or infrared.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539915899181,"sku":"BH3500S","price":390.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/benchstar-commercial-schott-ceran-glass-hob-induction-plate-bh3500s-5900998.jpg?v=1776428109"},{"product_id":"benchstar-trolley-for-countertop-bain-marie-bmt17","title":"Benchstar Trolley For Countertop Bain Marie BMT17","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBonvue BMT17\u003c\/strong\u003e is an all-stainless trolley that puts a countertop bain marie on wheels at working height. It \u003cstrong\u003esuits the BM17 series\u003c\/strong\u003e, comes \u003cstrong\u003ewithout side panels\u003c\/strong\u003e for open access underneath, and rolls on four lockable castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the BMT17\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuits the BM17 series\u003c\/strong\u003e — matched to the bain marie footprint rather than a generic trolley\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour lockable castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — move the servery point where it is needed, then lock it off for service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWithout side panels\u003c\/strong\u003e — open underneath for storage and access, and lighter to move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — wipes down and stands up to a wash-down environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1750 x 630 x 750 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e — brings a countertop unit to a working height without a bench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBMT17\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBMT17\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrolley for countertop bain marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue BM17 series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot fitted (open sides)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, lockable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1750 x 630 x 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA bain marie trolley turns a countertop unit into a mobile servery point — function and banquet catering, buffets, canteens and venues that move service between rooms. Lockable castors matter here: the trolley has to stay put once it is in position with hot product on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bain-marie-trolleys-and-accessories\"\u003ebain marie trolleys and accessories\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trolley itself needs no electrical connection — only the bain marie mounted on it does, per that unit's own requirements. Assemble on a level floor, check it sits flat, and lock the castors before loading. Confirm the trolley suits your specific bain marie model before ordering. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 2-year parts and labour warranty, plus a further 2 years parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which bain marie does the BMT17 suit?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is specified for the Bonvue BM17 series. For any other model, check the trolley's dimensions against your unit before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it have side panels?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. It is supplied without side panels, so the space underneath stays open and accessible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it be locked in place?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It rolls on four lockable castors, so it stays put once positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1750 mm wide x 630 mm deep x 750 mm high and weighs 19.5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the trolley need power?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. Only the bain marie mounted on it does, per that unit's own requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which bain marie does the BMT17 suit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It is specified for the Bonvue BM17 series. For any other model, check the trolley's dimensions against your unit before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does it have side panels?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. It is supplied without side panels, so the space underneath stays open and accessible.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can it be locked in place?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. It rolls on four lockable castors, so it stays put once positioned.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It measures 1750 mm wide x 630 mm deep x 750 mm high and weighs 19.5 kg.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the trolley need power?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. Only the bain marie mounted on it does, per that unit's own requirements.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539922321709,"sku":"BMT17","price":373.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/benchstar-trolley-for-countertop-bain-marie-bmt17-9425714.jpg?v=1776427991"},{"product_id":"benchstar-trolley-for-countertop-bain-marie-bmt14","title":"Benchstar Trolley For Countertop Bain Marie BMT14","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBonvue BMT14\u003c\/strong\u003e is an all-stainless trolley that puts a countertop bain marie on wheels at working height. It \u003cstrong\u003esuits the BM14 series\u003c\/strong\u003e, comes \u003cstrong\u003ewithout side panels\u003c\/strong\u003e for open access underneath, and rolls on four lockable castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the BMT14\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuits the BM14 series\u003c\/strong\u003e — matched to the bain marie footprint rather than a generic trolley\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour lockable castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — move the servery point where it is needed, then lock it off for service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWithout side panels\u003c\/strong\u003e — open underneath for storage and access, and lighter to move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — wipes down and stands up to a wash-down environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1400 x 630 x 750 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e — brings a countertop unit to a working height without a bench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBMT14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBMT14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrolley for countertop bain marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue BM14 series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot fitted (open sides)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, lockable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 x 630 x 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA bain marie trolley turns a countertop unit into a mobile servery point — function and banquet catering, buffets, canteens and venues that move service between rooms. Lockable castors matter here: the trolley has to stay put once it is in position with hot product on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bain-marie-trolleys-and-accessories\"\u003ebain marie trolleys and accessories\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trolley itself needs no electrical connection — only the bain marie mounted on it does, per that unit's own requirements. Assemble on a level floor, check it sits flat, and lock the castors before loading. Confirm the trolley suits your specific bain marie model before ordering. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 2-year parts and labour warranty, plus a further 2 years parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which bain marie does the BMT14 suit?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is specified for the Bonvue BM14 series. For any other model, check the trolley's dimensions against your unit before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it have side panels?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. It is supplied without side panels, so the space underneath stays open and accessible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it be locked in place?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It rolls on four lockable castors, so it stays put once positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1400 mm wide x 630 mm deep x 750 mm high and weighs 18 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the trolley need power?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. Only the bain marie mounted on it does, per that unit's own requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which bain marie does the BMT14 suit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It is specified for the Bonvue BM14 series. For any other model, check the trolley's dimensions against your unit before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does it have side panels?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. It is supplied without side panels, so the space underneath stays open and accessible.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can it be locked in place?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. It rolls on four lockable castors, so it stays put once positioned.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It measures 1400 mm wide x 630 mm deep x 750 mm high and weighs 18 kg.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the trolley need power?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. Only the bain marie mounted on it does, per that unit's own requirements.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539922485549,"sku":"BMT14","price":348.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/benchstar-trolley-for-countertop-bain-marie-bmt14-1958552.jpg?v=1776427991"},{"product_id":"benchstar-trolley-for-countertop-bain-marie-bmt11","title":"Bonvue Trolley For Countertop Bain Marie BMT11","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBonvue BMT11\u003c\/strong\u003e is an all-stainless trolley that puts a countertop bain marie on wheels at working height. It \u003cstrong\u003esuits the BM11 series\u003c\/strong\u003e, comes \u003cstrong\u003ewithout side panels\u003c\/strong\u003e for open access underneath, and rolls on four lockable castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the BMT11\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuits the BM11 series\u003c\/strong\u003e — matched to the bain marie footprint rather than a generic trolley\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour lockable castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — move the servery point where it is needed, then lock it off for service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWithout side panels\u003c\/strong\u003e — open underneath for storage and access, and lighter to move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — wipes down and stands up to a wash-down environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1060 x 630 x 750 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e — brings a countertop unit to a working height without a bench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBMT11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBMT11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrolley for countertop bain marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue BM11 series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot fitted (open sides)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, lockable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1060 x 630 x 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA bain marie trolley turns a countertop unit into a mobile servery point — function and banquet catering, buffets, canteens and venues that move service between rooms. Lockable castors matter here: the trolley has to stay put once it is in position with hot product on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bain-marie-trolleys-and-accessories\"\u003ebain marie trolleys and accessories\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trolley itself needs no electrical connection — only the bain marie mounted on it does, per that unit's own requirements. Assemble on a level floor, check it sits flat, and lock the castors before loading. Confirm the trolley suits your specific bain marie model before ordering. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 2-year parts and labour warranty, plus a further 2 years parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which bain marie does the BMT11 suit?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is specified for the Bonvue BM11 series. For any other model, check the trolley's dimensions against your unit before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it have side panels?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. It is supplied without side panels, so the space underneath stays open and accessible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it be locked in place?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It rolls on four lockable castors, so it stays put once positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1060 mm wide x 630 mm deep x 750 mm high and weighs 17 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the trolley need power?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. Only the bain marie mounted on it does, per that unit's own requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which bain marie does the BMT11 suit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It is specified for the Bonvue BM11 series. For any other model, check the trolley's dimensions against your unit before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does it have side panels?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. It is supplied without side panels, so the space underneath stays open and accessible.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can it be locked in place?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. It rolls on four lockable castors, so it stays put once positioned.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It measures 1060 mm wide x 630 mm deep x 750 mm high and weighs 17 kg.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the trolley need power?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. Only the bain marie mounted on it does, per that unit's own requirements.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539922649389,"sku":"BMT11","price":322.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-trolley-for-countertop-bain-marie-bmt11-9554960.jpg?v=1776427989"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-adjustable-ss-gastronorm-rack-gts180","title":"Modular Systems Adjustable Ss Gastronorm Rack GTS-180","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems GTS-180 is a heavy-duty stainless steel gastronorm rack that stores and transports trays in high volume, built for bakeries, production kitchens and caterers. It holds 18 shelves adjustable from 410mm to 600mm wide, measures 520 x 740 x 1810mm, carries up to 150kg and rolls on castors. All joints are fully welded for strength and it ships flat-packed with a manual and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the GTS-180\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18 adjustable shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — shelf width sets from 410mm to 600mm to fit Gastronorm, Euronorm and bakery trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150kg load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — handles a full production run of loaded trays without sagging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully welded 304-grade shelf supports\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1.2mm stainless supports 50mm wide with rear stays keep trays secure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25mm stainless tube frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — rigid, corrosion-resistant frame rated for heavy daily use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors with two brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e — wheel the loaded rack between prep, oven and cool-room, then lock it in place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully welded joints\u003c\/strong\u003e — no loose fixings to work free under load or wash-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-packed with tools\u003c\/strong\u003e — ships compactly and assembles on site with the included manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGTS-180\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGTS-180\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable stainless steel gastronorm rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 x 740 x 1810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18, adjustable width 410–600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm stainless steel tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf supports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully welded 1.2mm 304-grade stainless, 50mm wide with rear stays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn castors (two with brake)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGastronorm, Euronorm and bakery trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat-packed with manual and tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Years Parts Only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith 18 adjustable shelves and a 150kg rating, this rack suits bakeries, patisseries, production kitchens and caterers that move trays in volume between prep, oven and storage. The braked castors make it ideal for transporting loaded trays across a busy floor. It is less suited to tight galley kitchens where a fixed wall shelf saves floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eExplore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/catering-trolleys\"\u003etrolleys \u0026amp; racks\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/a\u003e product for a matching fit-out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAssembles from flat-pack using the supplied manual and tools; set the shelf spacing to suit your trays before loading. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty terms are covered on our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many shelves does the GTS-180 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It holds 18 shelves, each adjustable in width from 410mm to 600mm to suit Gastronorm, Euronorm and bakery trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the load capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The GTS-180 is rated to 150kg total load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the overall dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The rack measures 520mm wide x 740mm deep x 1810mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it mobile?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It runs on castors, two of which have brakes so you can lock it in position once it is where you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What grade of stainless steel is used?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The shelf supports are fully welded 1.2mm 304-grade stainless steel, 50mm wide with rear stays, on a 25mm stainless tube frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it need assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is supplied flat-packed for transport and assembles on site with the included manual and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The GTS-180 carries a 2 Years Parts Only warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many shelves does the GTS-180 hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It holds 18 shelves, each adjustable in width from 410mm to 600mm to suit Gastronorm, Euronorm and bakery trays.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the load capacity?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The GTS-180 is rated to 150kg total load.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the overall dimensions?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The rack measures 520mm wide x 740mm deep x 1810mm high.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it mobile?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It runs on castors, two of which have brakes so you can lock it in position once it is where you need it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What grade of stainless steel is used?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The shelf supports are fully welded 1.2mm 304-grade stainless steel, 50mm wide with rear stays, on a 25mm stainless tube frame.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it need assembly?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is supplied flat-packed for transport and assembles on site with the included manual and tools.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The GTS-180 carries a 2 Years Parts Only warranty.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539930841389,"sku":"GTS-180","price":560.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-adjustable-ss-gastronorm-rack-gts-180-9467749.jpg?v=1776427927"},{"product_id":"thermaster-two-large-door-deluxe-sandwich-bar-scb18","title":"Thermaster Two Large Door Deluxe Sandwich Bar SCB\/18","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Thermaster SCB\/18 is a 1820 mm deluxe sandwich bar with \u003cstrong\u003ecross-flow pan cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e, a 870 litre gross cabinet at 2 to 8C and a \u003cstrong\u003e9 x 1\/3 pan\u003c\/strong\u003e top over a 230 mm-deep working area with a PE cutting board included. Secop compressors and German EBM-Papst fans do the work, and the whole refrigeration unit is removable for service. \u003cstrong\u003eTwo operating requirements matter: the sliding pan covers must be used, and product must be pre-chilled below 5C before it goes in the pans.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the SCB\/18\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe pan top is a HOLDING unit, not a chiller\u003c\/strong\u003e — product must be pre-chilled below 5C before filling — the top holds temperature, it does not pull warm product down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSliding pan covers must be used\u003c\/strong\u003e — the covers are not optional: correct operating temperature depends on them being closed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCross-flow pan cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e — air moves across the pan well rather than only around the cabinet, which is what keeps the top of the food cold as well as the bottom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecop compressors and EBM-Papst fans\u003c\/strong\u003e — named, serviceable European components rather than unspecified parts — it matters when something needs replacing in five years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompletely removable refrigeration unit\u003c\/strong\u003e — the whole deck comes out for service instead of a technician working in the cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9 x 1\/3 pan capacity with a 230 mm working area\u003c\/strong\u003e — real sandwich-bar throughput, with a PE cutting board included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded internal corners\u003c\/strong\u003e — no square corners to clean around in a cabinet handling fresh product daily\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e855 mm bench height on castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — lines up with a standard bench run and rolls out to clean behind\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermaster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSCB\/18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSCB\/18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeluxe Sandwich Bar \/ Cold Bain Marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 to 8 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan cooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross-flow, blown well\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 x 1\/3 pans (pans not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan covers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy-slide — must be used to maintain correct operating temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct requirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-chill product below 5 °C before filling — the top is a holding unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 mm deep, PE cutting board included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 level plus floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompressor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEBM-Papst (German)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR404a\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFan-forced evaporator; auto defrost; self-evaporating drainage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eServiceability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompletely removable refrigeration unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, rounded internal corners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e855 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 560 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1820 x 700 x 1255 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e770 x 1870 x 1420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e159 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SCB\/18 suits sandwich bars, cafes, delis, canteens and clubs building made-to-order food across a long service. Before ordering, be clear that the pan top is a \u003cstrong\u003eholding\u003c\/strong\u003e unit: it needs pre-chilled product and closed covers to work as specified, which suits a prep-ahead operation rather than one loading warm product straight in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003ecold bain maries and sandwich bars\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/thermaster\"\u003eThermaster\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt runs from a standard 240 V, 10 A outlet, so no dedicated circuit or electrician is needed. At 1820 mm and 159 kg it needs a checked access route and a multi-person move on its castors. \u003cstrong\u003eTwo operating conditions are not optional: keep the sliding pan covers closed, and pre-chill product to below 5C before it goes into the pans.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pans are not supplied. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 2-year parts and labour warranty, plus a further 2 years parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are pans included with the SCB\/18?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. It takes 9 x 1\/3 pans but they are not supplied — it uses the pans you already have.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I put warm product straight into the pans?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. The pan top is a holding unit: product must be pre-chilled to below 5C before filling. Loading warm product will not bring it down to a safe temperature and will compromise everything else in the well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do the pan covers have to be closed?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Thermaster specifies that the sliding pan covers must be used to maintain the correct operating temperature. Leaving them open is not a minor convenience — it puts the well out of specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is cross-flow pan cooling?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Air is blown across the pan well rather than only circulating in the cabinet below, so the top of the product stays as cold as the bottom. That is the difference between a chilled cabinet with pans on it and a genuine cold well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What refrigerant and components does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: R404a refrigerant, Secop compressors and German EBM-Papst fans. The entire refrigeration unit is removable for service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Are pans included with the SCB\/18?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. It takes 9 x 1\/3 pans but they are not supplied — it uses the pans you already have.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I put warm product straight into the pans?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. The pan top is a holding unit: product must be pre-chilled to below 5C before filling. Loading warm product will not bring it down to a safe temperature and will compromise everything else in the well.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Do the pan covers have to be closed?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. Thermaster specifies that the sliding pan covers must be used to maintain the correct operating temperature. Leaving them open is not a minor convenience — it puts the well out of specification.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is cross-flow pan cooling?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Air is blown across the pan well rather than only circulating in the cabinet below, so the top of the product stays as cold as the bottom. That is the difference between a chilled cabinet with pans on it and a genuine cold well.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What refrigerant and components does it use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"R404a refrigerant, Secop compressors and German EBM-Papst fans. The entire refrigeration unit is removable for service.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539931267373,"sku":"SCB\/18","price":6112.35,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/thermaster-two-large-door-deluxe-sandwich-bar-scb18-4093265.jpg?v=1776427933"},{"product_id":"thermaster-two-door-deluxe-sandwich-bar-scb15","title":"Thermaster SCB\/15 Two Door Deluxe Cold Bain Marie 550L","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Thermaster SCB\/15 is a two-door deluxe cold bain marie and sandwich\/salad prep bar that pairs a chilled topping rail with 550 litres of refrigerated storage below. It runs seven 1\/3-size GN pan wells on blown-well cooling, holds a +2 to +8°C range on R134a, and gives sandwich bars, salad counters and cafes a compact 1480mm prep station that keeps toppings and back-up stock cold in one unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the SCB\/15\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeven 1\/3 GN blown-well cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps the topping wells evenly chilled across the rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e550L refrigerated storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds back-up ingredients directly below the build station.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo hinged doors\u003c\/strong\u003e — section stock and hold temperature through a busy service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+2 to +8°C operating range\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers salads, dressings, dairy and proteins from one counter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eR134a refrigerant\u003c\/strong\u003e — efficient, reliable chilled performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel interior and exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e — stands up to daily commercial cleaning and wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermaster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSCB\/15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold Bain Marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 x 1\/3 GN pan wells\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+2 to +8°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR134a\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 hinged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1480(W) x 700(D) x 1255(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e770(W) x 1550(D) x 1420(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e147 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V; 460W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric — single phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 months — 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour + 2 Years Parts Only (register within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SCB\/15 suits sandwich bars, salad counters, cafes and catering kitchens that build to order across a compact footprint. The chilled well plus under-counter storage keeps a busy prep line stocked without leaving the station. Compare the full range in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003eCold Bain Maries\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or browse every model in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/thermaster\"\u003eThermaster\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SCB\/15 runs on 240V single-phase (460W) from a standard supply and needs a level position with airflow clearance around the refrigeration unit. At 1480mm wide and 147kg, plan a clear delivery path and allow help for positioning. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Finance is available through SilverChef. All Thermaster equipment is covered by a manufacturer-backed warranty — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many GN pans does the SCB\/15 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt runs seven 1\/3-size GN pan wells on blown-well cooling across the topping rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much storage is below the well?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt offers 550 litres of refrigerated storage in the cabinet directly below the prep station.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat temperature range does it hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt operates between +2 and +8°C across the well and the storage cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat refrigerant does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt uses R134a for efficient, reliable chilled performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty does the SCB\/15 come with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is covered by 2 years parts \u0026amp; labour plus 2 years parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539931496749,"sku":"SCB\/15","price":5270.85,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/thermaster-two-door-deluxe-sandwich-bar-scb15-9632932.jpg?v=1776427934"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-food-service-cart-chilled-yc3","title":"Modular Systems YC-3 Chilled Food Service Cart","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems YC-3 is a refrigerated food service cart that holds cold food at a safe temperature while you serve on the move, built for cafeterias, functions and buffet service. It runs at 2 to 5°C for cold holding, comes with four 1\/2 GN and one 1\/1 GN pans, measures 1060 x 668 x 900mm and rolls on castors. The all-stainless body plugs into standard 240V single-phase power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the YC-3\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 to 5°C cold holding\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps chilled food at safe service temperature throughout a shift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComes with 5 GN pans\u003c\/strong\u003e — four 1\/2 GN and one 1\/1 GN pans included, ready to serve straight away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile on castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — wheel the cart to the service point; two castors brake to lock it in place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240V single-phase power\u003c\/strong\u003e — plugs into a standard commercial outlet, no special supply needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — food-grade, corrosion-resistant and easy to sanitise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYC-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerated food service cart (cold holding)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1060 x 668 x 900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 to 5°C (cold holding only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePans included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 1\/2 GN and 1 x 1\/1 GN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V single phase; 500W (0.5 kW)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn castors (two with brake)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Year Parts and Labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis chilled service cart suits cafeterias, buffets, function centres and catering operations that need to hold and serve cold food away from the kitchen. Being mobile and self-contained on a standard 240V outlet makes it ideal for flexible service points. It is designed for cold holding only, not for cooling warm product down, so it is not a blast chiller or prep fridge. Explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003ecold bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/a\u003e product for a matching fit-out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlugs into a standard 240V single-phase outlet; wheel it to the service point and lock the braked castors. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Flexible finance is available through SilverChef. Warranty terms are covered on our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature does the YC-3 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: It holds food at 2 to 5°C. It is designed for cold holding only and is not intended to cool warm product down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What pans are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: It comes with four 1\/2 GN pans and one 1\/1 GN pan, ready to serve straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does it need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: It runs on standard 240V single-phase power and draws 500W (0.5 kW), so it plugs into a normal commercial outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The cart measures 1060mm wide x 668mm deep x 900mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The YC-3 carries a 1 Year Parts and Labour warranty. Full terms are on our warranty information page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539934576941,"sku":"YC-3","price":2345.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-food-service-cart-chilled-yc-3-6626176.jpg?v=1776427868"},{"product_id":"zck165bt-1","title":"Benchstar Benchtop Heated Bain Marie ZCK165BT-1","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar ZCK165BT-1 is a benchtop heated bain marie supplied with a \u003cstrong\u003e150 mm 1\/1 pan and lid\u003c\/strong\u003e, holding food between +30 and +80C under analogue temperature control. Its heating elements are \u003cstrong\u003ehidden, separate from the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — safer, easier to clean and less prone to corrosion than exposed elements — and a drain valve empties it without lifting. \u003cstrong\u003eImportant: this is a wet-use-only unit. Running it dry voids the warranty.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the ZCK165BT-1\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWet use only — must be run with water in the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — the hidden elements transfer heat through water, so running dry both damages the unit and voids the warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 mm 1\/1 gastronorm pan and lid included\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use out of the box rather than needing pans specified separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElements hidden and separate from the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — nothing exposed to food or cleaning water — safer, easier to clean, and far less prone to corrosion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrain valve\u003c\/strong\u003e — empty the water from the tap rather than lifting a hot, full tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnalogue temperature control, +30 to +80C\u003c\/strong\u003e — one dial across the holding band, with nothing to mis-set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — stands up to the constant moisture a bain marie lives in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 360 x 590 mm footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits a servery or buffet run where a full-width bain marie will not\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10.46 kg unit weight\u003c\/strong\u003e — light enough to move between a kitchen and a function room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchstar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZCK165BT-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZCK165BT-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchtop Heated Bain Marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm 1\/1 pan and lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWet use only — warranty is void if run dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHidden, separate from tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrain valve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnalogue temperature control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+30 to +80 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 1.2 kW, 10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 x 590 x 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e385 x 640 x 290 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.46 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months, return to base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZCK165BT-1 suits cafes, canteens, function rooms, caterers and clubs holding sauces, curries, vegetables or soups at serving temperature on a servery. Because it is wet use only, it is not the right choice for anyone wanting a dry holding unit — a dry cabinet or heat lamp is the alternative there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/portable-bain-marie\"\u003eportable and benchtop bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/benchstar\"\u003eBenchstar\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a wet-use-only bain marie: the tank must be filled with water before use, and running it dry voids the warranty.\u003c\/strong\u003e The elements are hidden beneath the tank and rely on water to carry heat to the pan, so running dry overheats them. Make water-filling part of the opening routine. It runs on a standard 240 V supply through a normal 10 A power outlet, so no dedicated circuit and no hard-wiring are needed. Allow 360 x 590 mm of bench with access to the drain valve, and site it near a sink for filling and emptying. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 12-month \u003cstrong\u003ereturn-to-base\u003c\/strong\u003e warranty — the unit is returned for service rather than attended on site. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can the ZCK165BT-1 be used dry?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. It is specified as wet use only, and Benchstar states the warranty is void if it is run dry. The heating elements sit hidden beneath the tank and rely on water to carry heat to the pan, so running dry overheats them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why does running it dry cause damage?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The elements are separate from and hidden beneath the tank rather than in direct contact with the food pan. Water is what transfers their heat evenly. Without it the elements have nowhere to shed heat, which is why the manufacturer excludes dry running from the warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is a pan included?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. A 150mm deep 1\/1 gastronorm pan and lid are supplied with the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: +30 to +80C on an analogue control, which covers holding sauces, curries, vegetables and soups at safe serving temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the water emptied?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Through a drain valve, so the tank does not have to be lifted while hot and full.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Twelve months, return to base. The unit is returned for service rather than a technician attending on site — reasonable on a benchtop appliance you can transport, but worth factoring into downtime planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can the ZCK165BT-1 be used dry?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. It is specified as wet use only, and Benchstar states the warranty is void if it is run dry. The heating elements sit hidden beneath the tank and rely on water to carry heat to the pan, so running dry overheats them.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Why does running it dry cause damage?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The elements are separate from and hidden beneath the tank rather than in direct contact with the food pan. Water is what transfers their heat evenly. Without it the elements have nowhere to shed heat, which is why the manufacturer excludes dry running from the warranty.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is a pan included?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. A 150mm deep 1\/1 gastronorm pan and lid are supplied with the unit.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What temperature range does it hold?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"+30 to +80C on an analogue control, which covers holding sauces, curries, vegetables and soups at safe serving temperature.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How is the water emptied?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Through a drain valve, so the tank does not have to be lifted while hot and full.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Twelve months, return to base. The unit is returned for service rather than a technician attending on site — reasonable on a benchtop appliance you can transport, but worth factoring into downtime planning.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539934937389,"sku":"ZCK165BT-1","price":288.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/benchstar-benchtop-heated-bain-marie-zck165bt-1-9027789.jpg?v=1776427868"},{"product_id":"electmax-plate-warmer-single-pws","title":"ElectMAX Plate Warmer Single PW-S","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax PW-S is a commercial single plate warmer that holds up to 60 plates at serving temperature, built for cafes, restaurants, function venues and catering kitchens that need crockery kept warm and ready through service. It takes up to 60 plates, warms to 80°C, is finished in easy-clean stainless steel and runs from a standard 240V power point (240V, 750W, 3.2A; 450 × 485 × 850 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PW-S\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-plate capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps a full service run of crockery warm and to hand at the pass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeats to 80°C\u003c\/strong\u003e — plates go out warm so food holds temperature to the table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade, resists corrosion and wipes clean in a busy kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 240V power\u003c\/strong\u003e — plugs into a normal 10A power point, no special wiring required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow 750W draw\u003c\/strong\u003e — a modest running load for continuous plate warming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 450mm footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits tight bench and pass areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePW-S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePW-S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePW-S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate warmer (single)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V; 750W; 3.2A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 × 485 × 850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 520 × 920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PW-S suits cafes, restaurants, function venues, hotels and catering kitchens that plate up in volume and need crockery held at serving temperature so meals reach the table warm. Its compact 450mm-wide footprint tucks into a pass or back-of-house bench without crowding the line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/stands-accessories\"\u003ecommercial stands \u0026amp; accessories\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/electmax\"\u003eElectmax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PW-S plugs into a standard 240V 10A power point and needs no plumbing or special wiring—position it, plug it in and switch on. It ships packed at 500 × 520 × 920 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many plates does the PW-S hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The PW-S holds up to 60 plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How hot does the PW-S get?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It warms plates to a maximum of 80°C, keeping crockery at serving temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the PW-S powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It plugs into a standard 240V 10A power point (240V, 750W, 3.2A)—no special wiring is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PW-S?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 450 × 485 × 850 mm (W×D×H), weighs 32 kg net and ships packed at 500 × 520 × 920 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the PW-S come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the PW-S ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many plates does the PW-S hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The PW-S holds up to 60 plates.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How hot does the PW-S get?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It warms plates to a maximum of 80°C, keeping crockery at serving temperature.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the PW-S powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It plugs into a standard 240V 10A power point (240V, 750W, 3.2A)—no special wiring is needed.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the PW-S?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 450 × 485 × 850 mm (W×D×H), weighs 32 kg net and ships packed at 500 × 520 × 920 mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the PW-S come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026 labour.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the PW-S ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539937165613,"sku":"PW-S","price":679.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/electmax-plate-warmer-single-pw-s-5526995.jpg?v=1776427813"},{"product_id":"atosa-2-door-sandwich-bar-with-glass-canopy-1846mm","title":"Atosa 2 Door Sandwich Bar With Glass Canopy 1846Mm MSF8304G","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Atosa MSF8304G is a 1846mm two-door sandwich prep bar with an inbuilt glass-covered refrigerated well that holds any combination of 1\/3 or 1\/6 GN pans, purpose-built for quick preparation of sandwiches, salads and cold dishes to order. The two-door under-bench fridge runs a quiet, energy-efficient fan-forced (ventilated) refrigeration system with an Embraco compressor rated to a 43°C ambient for hot Australian kitchens, and it ships with a cutting board, GN pans, castors and one epoxy-coated wire shelf per section (1846 × 762 × 1420 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the MSF8304G\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass-covered cold well\u003c\/strong\u003e — an air-over ingredient well with sliding lids holds 1\/3 or 1\/6 GN pans chilled and on display for service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-door under-bench fridge\u003c\/strong\u003e — ventilated cooling keeps refrigerated GN-pan backups within reach beneath the well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEmbraco compressor, 43°C ambient\u003c\/strong\u003e — an industry-leading compressor rated for the heat of a busy Australian kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutting board \u0026amp; pans included\u003c\/strong\u003e — arrives ready to prep with a cutting board and GN pans supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic gaskets \u0026amp; self-closing doors\u003c\/strong\u003e — round-corner dual-action doors seal tight and self-close, or stay open past 90° for easy loading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic defrost\u003c\/strong\u003e — no manual defrost cycle to manage during service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel inside and out\u003c\/strong\u003e — wipes down fast and stands up to a high-use kitchen; castors fitted for mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAtosa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMSF8304G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMSF8304G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMSF8304G-SM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerated sandwich prep bar \/ cold display (cold bain-marie)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGN pan well\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass-covered air-over well; holds 1\/3 or 1\/6 GN pans (pans included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrep surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting board included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 self-closing under-bench doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVentilated (fan-forced) cooling, automatic defrost, Embraco compressor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne epoxy-coated wire shelf per section; castors included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1846 × 762 × 1420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel (interior \u0026amp; exterior)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months (2 years) parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MSF8304G suits sandwich bars, cafes, delis and catering kitchens that build sandwiches, wraps and salads to order and need a glass-covered cold GN-pan well over a refrigerated two-door base. Its 1846mm width and 43°C ambient rating make it well suited to busy Australian service lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003ecold bain-maries\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/atosa\"\u003eAtosa range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MSF8304G is a self-contained plug-in unit that runs from a standard 240V outlet—no plumbing is required. Leave clearance around the condenser for ventilation so the refrigeration system can breathe. It arrives on castors with a cutting board and GN pans ready for service. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 24 months (2 years) parts \u0026amp; labour; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What GN pans does the MSF8304G hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The glass-covered air-over well holds any combination of 1\/3 or 1\/6 GN pans, and pans are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How wide is the MSF8304G?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1846 × 762 × 1420 mm (W×D×H), a 1846mm-wide bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the MSF8304G have automatic defrost?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It uses a ventilated (fan-forced) cooling system with automatic defrost and an Embraco compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is included with the MSF8304G?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It ships with a cutting board, GN pans, castors and one epoxy-coated wire shelf per section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the MSF8304G come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 24 months (2 years) parts \u0026amp; labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the MSF8304G ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What GN pans does the MSF8304G hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The glass-covered air-over well holds any combination of 1\/3 or 1\/6 GN pans, and pans are included.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How wide is the MSF8304G?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 1846 × 762 × 1420 mm (W×D×H), a 1846mm-wide bench.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the MSF8304G have automatic defrost?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It uses a ventilated (fan-forced) cooling system with automatic defrost and an Embraco compressor.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is included with the MSF8304G?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It ships with a cutting board, GN pans, castors and one epoxy-coated wire shelf per section.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the MSF8304G come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 24 months (2 years) parts \u0026 labour.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the MSF8304G ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539948437805,"sku":"MSF8304G-SM","price":4101.84,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/atosa-2-door-sandwich-bar-with-glass-canopy-1846mm-msf8304g-7888016.jpg?v=1776001449"},{"product_id":"atosa-2-door-sandwich-bar-with-glass-canopy-1225mm","title":"Atosa 2 Door Sandwich Bar With Glass Canopy 1225Mm MSF8302G","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Atosa MSF8302G is a 1225mm two-door sandwich prep bar with an inbuilt glass-covered refrigerated well that holds any combination of 1\/3 or 1\/6 GN pans, purpose-built for quick preparation of sandwiches, salads and cold dishes to order. The two-door under-bench fridge runs a quiet, energy-efficient fan-forced (ventilated) refrigeration system with an Embraco compressor rated to a 43°C ambient for hot Australian kitchens, and it ships with a cutting board, GN pans, castors and one epoxy-coated wire shelf per section (1225 × 762 × 1420 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the MSF8302G\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass-covered cold well\u003c\/strong\u003e — an air-over ingredient well with sliding lids holds 1\/3 or 1\/6 GN pans chilled and on display for service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-door under-bench fridge\u003c\/strong\u003e — ventilated cooling keeps refrigerated GN-pan backups within reach beneath the well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEmbraco compressor, 43°C ambient\u003c\/strong\u003e — an industry-leading compressor rated for the heat of a busy Australian kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutting board \u0026amp; pans included\u003c\/strong\u003e — arrives ready to prep with a cutting board and GN pans supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic gaskets \u0026amp; self-closing doors\u003c\/strong\u003e — round-corner dual-action doors seal tight and self-close, or stay open past 90° for easy loading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic defrost\u003c\/strong\u003e — no manual defrost cycle to manage during service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel inside and out\u003c\/strong\u003e — wipes down fast and stands up to a high-use kitchen; castors fitted for mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAtosa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMSF8302G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMSF8302G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMSF8302G-SM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerated sandwich prep bar \/ cold display (cold bain-marie)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGN pan well\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass-covered air-over well; holds 1\/3 or 1\/6 GN pans (pans included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrep surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting board included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 self-closing under-bench doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVentilated (fan-forced) cooling, automatic defrost, Embraco compressor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne epoxy-coated wire shelf per section; castors included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1225 × 762 × 1420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel (interior \u0026amp; exterior)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months (2 years) parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MSF8302G suits sandwich bars, cafes, delis and catering kitchens that build sandwiches, wraps and salads to order and need a glass-covered cold GN-pan well over a refrigerated two-door base. Its 1225mm width and 43°C ambient rating make it well suited to busy Australian service lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003ecold bain-maries\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/atosa\"\u003eAtosa range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MSF8302G is a self-contained plug-in unit that runs from a standard 240V outlet—no plumbing is required. Leave clearance around the condenser for ventilation so the refrigeration system can breathe. It arrives on castors with a cutting board and GN pans ready for service. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 24 months (2 years) parts \u0026amp; labour; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What GN pans does the MSF8302G hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The glass-covered air-over well holds any combination of 1\/3 or 1\/6 GN pans, and pans are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How wide is the MSF8302G?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1225 × 762 × 1420 mm (W×D×H), a 1225mm-wide bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the MSF8302G have automatic defrost?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It uses a ventilated (fan-forced) cooling system with automatic defrost and an Embraco compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is included with the MSF8302G?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It ships with a cutting board, GN pans, castors and one epoxy-coated wire shelf per section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the MSF8302G come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 24 months (2 years) parts \u0026amp; labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the MSF8302G ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What GN pans does the MSF8302G hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The glass-covered air-over well holds any combination of 1\/3 or 1\/6 GN pans, and pans are included.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How wide is the MSF8302G?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 1225 × 762 × 1420 mm (W×D×H), a 1225mm-wide bench.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the MSF8302G have automatic defrost?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It uses a ventilated (fan-forced) cooling system with automatic defrost and an Embraco compressor.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is included with the MSF8302G?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It ships with a cutting board, GN pans, castors and one epoxy-coated wire shelf per section.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the MSF8302G come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 24 months (2 years) parts \u0026 labour.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the MSF8302G ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539948667181,"sku":"MSF8302G-SM","price":3115.54,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/atosa-2-door-sandwich-bar-with-glass-canopy-1225mm-msf8302g-8277946.jpg?v=1776001452"},{"product_id":"atosa-2-door-sandwich-bar-with-glass-canopy-1530mm","title":"Atosa 2 Door Sandwich Bar With Glass Canopy 1530Mm MSF8303G","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Atosa MSF8303G is a 1530mm two-door sandwich prep bar with an inbuilt glass-covered refrigerated well that holds any combination of 1\/3 or 1\/6 GN pans, purpose-built for quick preparation of sandwiches, salads and cold dishes to order. The two-door under-bench fridge runs a quiet, energy-efficient fan-forced (ventilated) refrigeration system with an Embraco compressor rated to a 43°C ambient for hot Australian kitchens, and it ships with a cutting board, GN pans, castors and one epoxy-coated wire shelf per section (1530 × 762 × 1420 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the MSF8303G\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass-covered cold well\u003c\/strong\u003e — an air-over ingredient well with sliding lids holds 1\/3 or 1\/6 GN pans chilled and on display for service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-door under-bench fridge\u003c\/strong\u003e — ventilated cooling keeps refrigerated GN-pan backups within reach beneath the well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEmbraco compressor, 43°C ambient\u003c\/strong\u003e — an industry-leading compressor rated for the heat of a busy Australian kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutting board \u0026amp; pans included\u003c\/strong\u003e — arrives ready to prep with a cutting board and GN pans supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic gaskets \u0026amp; self-closing doors\u003c\/strong\u003e — round-corner dual-action doors seal tight and self-close, or stay open past 90° for easy loading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic defrost\u003c\/strong\u003e — no manual defrost cycle to manage during service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel inside and out\u003c\/strong\u003e — wipes down fast and stands up to a high-use kitchen; castors fitted for mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAtosa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMSF8303G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMSF8303G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMSF8303G-SM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerated sandwich prep bar \/ cold display (cold bain-marie)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGN pan well\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass-covered air-over well; holds 1\/3 or 1\/6 GN pans (pans included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrep surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting board included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 self-closing under-bench doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVentilated (fan-forced) cooling, automatic defrost, Embraco compressor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne epoxy-coated wire shelf per section; castors included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1530 × 762 × 1420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel (interior \u0026amp; exterior)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months (2 years) parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MSF8303G suits sandwich bars, cafes, delis and catering kitchens that build sandwiches, wraps and salads to order and need a glass-covered cold GN-pan well over a refrigerated two-door base. Its 1530mm width and 43°C ambient rating make it well suited to busy Australian service lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003ecold bain-maries\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/atosa\"\u003eAtosa range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MSF8303G is a self-contained plug-in unit that runs from a standard 240V outlet—no plumbing is required. Leave clearance around the condenser for ventilation so the refrigeration system can breathe. It arrives on castors with a cutting board and GN pans ready for service. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 24 months (2 years) parts \u0026amp; labour; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What GN pans does the MSF8303G hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The glass-covered air-over well holds any combination of 1\/3 or 1\/6 GN pans, and pans are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How wide is the MSF8303G?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1530 × 762 × 1420 mm (W×D×H), a 1530mm-wide bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the MSF8303G have automatic defrost?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It uses a ventilated (fan-forced) cooling system with automatic defrost and an Embraco compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is included with the MSF8303G?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It ships with a cutting board, GN pans, castors and one epoxy-coated wire shelf per section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the MSF8303G come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 24 months (2 years) parts \u0026amp; labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the MSF8303G ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What GN pans does the MSF8303G hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The glass-covered air-over well holds any combination of 1\/3 or 1\/6 GN pans, and pans are included.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How wide is the MSF8303G?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 1530 × 762 × 1420 mm (W×D×H), a 1530mm-wide bench.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the MSF8303G have automatic defrost?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It uses a ventilated (fan-forced) cooling system with automatic defrost and an Embraco compressor.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is included with the MSF8303G?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It ships with a cutting board, GN pans, castors and one epoxy-coated wire shelf per section.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the MSF8303G come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 24 months (2 years) parts \u0026 labour.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the MSF8303G ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539948732717,"sku":"MSF8303G-SM","price":3526.83,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/atosa-2-door-sandwich-bar-with-glass-canopy-1530mm-msf8303g-5407995.jpg?v=1776001447"},{"product_id":"atosa-pizzatable-saladette","title":"Atosa Pizzatable Saladette ESL3864","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Atosa ESL3864 is a refrigerated pizza-prep saladette table that keeps a chilled GN-pan well beneath a square glass sneeze-guard canopy while a stainless steel top with a spacious marble prep area gives you room to top pizzas and build cold dishes. Purpose-built for pizzerias, cafes and catering kitchens, it fits 7 × 1\/3 GN pans, holds +2 to +8°C over 380L of insulated storage behind three self-closing doors, and rolls on four fitted castors (1365 × 700 × 1168 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the ESL3864\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7 × 1\/3 GN-pan well\u003c\/strong\u003e — chilled ingredient pans sit ready under a square glass sneeze-guard canopy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarble pizza prep area\u003c\/strong\u003e — a spacious, hard-wearing surface suited to stretching and topping pizzas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+2 to +8°C cold storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — 380L of insulated base behind three self-closing doors keeps backups chilled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for Australian heat\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered to perform in a 43°C ambient so it holds temperature in hot kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuropean refrigeration parts\u003c\/strong\u003e — Aspera compressor and static cooling for reliable, efficient running.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour castors fitted\u003c\/strong\u003e — roll the unit out for cleaning and repositioning without lifting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel throughout\u003c\/strong\u003e — hard-wearing interior and exterior wipe down fast during service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAtosa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eESL3864\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eESL3864\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eESL3864-SM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerated pizza-prep saladette (cold bain-marie)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGN pan configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 × 1\/3 GN pans under a square glass sneeze-guard canopy (pans \u0026amp; lids not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrep surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel top with marble prep area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 self-closing doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+2 to +8°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStatic cooling, self-evaporating drainage, manual defrost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1365 × 700 × 1168 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel (interior \u0026amp; exterior)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months (2 years) parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ESL3864 suits pizzerias, cafes and catering kitchens that need a chilled 7 × 1\/3 GN-pan well and a generous marble prep area for topping pizzas and building cold dishes over refrigerated base storage. Its 43°C ambient rating makes it well suited to hot Australian kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003ecold bain-maries\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/atosa\"\u003eAtosa range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ESL3864 is a self-contained plug-in unit that runs from a standard 240V outlet—no plumbing is required. Leave clearance around the base-mounted condenser so the motor can breathe and vent freely; the unit can be positioned against a wall. It arrives on four castors ready to roll into place. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 24 months (2 years) parts \u0026amp; labour; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many GN pans does the ESL3864 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The chilled well fits 7 × 1\/3 GN pans under a square glass sneeze-guard canopy. GN pans and lids are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature does the ESL3864 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs a static cooling system that holds +2 to +8°C for salads, toppings and cold ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the storage capacity of the ESL3864?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The insulated base offers 380L of refrigerated storage behind three self-closing doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and weight of the ESL3864?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1365 × 700 × 1168 mm (W×D×H) and weighs 170 kg net.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the ESL3864 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 24 months (2 years) parts \u0026amp; labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the ESL3864 ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many GN pans does the ESL3864 hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The chilled well fits 7 × 1\/3 GN pans under a square glass sneeze-guard canopy. GN pans and lids are not included.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature does the ESL3864 hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs a static cooling system that holds +2 to +8°C for salads, toppings and cold ingredients.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the storage capacity of the ESL3864?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The insulated base offers 380L of refrigerated storage behind three self-closing doors.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight of the ESL3864?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 1365 × 700 × 1168 mm (W×D×H) and weighs 170 kg net.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the ESL3864 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 24 months (2 years) parts \u0026 labour.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the ESL3864 ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539954630957,"sku":"ESL3864-SM","price":2293.62,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/atosa-pizzatable-saladette-esl3864-3472099.jpg?v=1776001329"},{"product_id":"atosa-three-doors-sliding-lid-saladette","title":"Atosa Three Doors Sliding Lid Saladette ESL3850","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Atosa ESL3850 is a three-door refrigerated saladette that keeps a full run of standard GN pans chilled under sliding lids while a stainless steel top with a marble prep area gives you room to build salads, pizzas and cold dishes to order. Built for cafes, pizzerias and busy catering kitchens, it holds ingredients at +2 to +8°C over 380L of insulated base storage behind three self-closing doors, runs a static cooling system with European refrigeration parts, and rolls on four fitted castors (1380 × 700 × 950 mm, 90 kg net).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the ESL3850\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+2 to +8°C cold well\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds standard GN pans at safe service temperature for salads and toppings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e380L insulated base\u003c\/strong\u003e — three self-closing doors give chilled storage for backups and prep beneath the well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarble prep zone\u003c\/strong\u003e — a hard-wearing stainless top with marble work area suits pizza and cold-dish assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for Australian heat\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered to perform in a 43°C ambient so it holds temperature in hot kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuropean refrigeration parts\u003c\/strong\u003e — Aspera compressor and static cooling for reliable, efficient running.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour castors fitted\u003c\/strong\u003e — roll the unit out for cleaning and repositioning without lifting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel throughout\u003c\/strong\u003e — hard-wearing interior and exterior wipe down fast during a busy service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAtosa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eESL3850\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eESL3850\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eESL3850-SM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerated saladette (cold bain-marie)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGN pan top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits standard GN pans under sliding lids (pans \u0026amp; lids not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrep surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel top with marble prep area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 self-closing doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+2 to +8°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStatic cooling, self-evaporating drainage, manual defrost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1380 × 700 × 950 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel (interior \u0026amp; exterior)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months (2 years) parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ESL3850 suits cafes, pizzerias, sandwich bars and catering kitchens that build salads and cold dishes to order and need a chilled GN-pan well over generous refrigerated base storage. Its 43°C ambient rating makes it well suited to hot Australian kitchens working through a busy service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003ecold bain-maries\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/atosa\"\u003eAtosa range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ESL3850 is a self-contained plug-in unit that runs from a standard 240V outlet—no plumbing is required. Leave clearance around the base-mounted condenser so the motor can breathe and vent freely; the unit can be positioned against a wall. It arrives on four castors ready to roll into place. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 24 months (2 years) parts \u0026amp; labour; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature does the ESL3850 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs a static cooling system that holds +2 to +8°C, suitable for salads, toppings and cold ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the storage capacity of the ESL3850?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The insulated base offers 380L of refrigerated storage behind three self-closing doors, with a chilled GN-pan well on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the ESL3850 come with GN pans?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: GN pans and lids are not included. The top is sized for standard GN pans under sliding lids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and weight of the ESL3850?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1380 × 700 × 950 mm (W×D×H) and weighs 90 kg net.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the ESL3850 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 24 months (2 years) parts \u0026amp; labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the ESL3850 ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature does the ESL3850 hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs a static cooling system that holds +2 to +8°C, suitable for salads, toppings and cold ingredients.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the storage capacity of the ESL3850?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The insulated base offers 380L of refrigerated storage behind three self-closing doors, with a chilled GN-pan well on top.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the ESL3850 come with GN pans?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"GN pans and lids are not included. The top is sized for standard GN pans under sliding lids.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight of the ESL3850?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 1380 × 700 × 950 mm (W×D×H) and weighs 90 kg net.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the ESL3850 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 24 months (2 years) parts \u0026 labour.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the ESL3850 ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539954762029,"sku":"ESL3850-SM","price":2047.35,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/atosa-three-doors-sliding-lid-saladette-esl3850-6867310.jpg?v=1776001327"}],"url":"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/catering-events-equipment.oembed?page=6","provider":"Commercial Kitchen Appliances","version":"1.0","type":"link"}